road trip usa october

28 Best Places to Visit in October in USA (You’ll Love)

Posted on Published: August 23, 2023  - Last updated: January 5, 2024

There’s nothing quite like a fall vacation. The hustle and bustle of the summer is gone. Most tourist destinations are like sleepy ghost towns waiting for the rush of holiday travelers. So if you’ve ever wondered where’s the best places to visit in October in the USA – here’s your list.

This post may contain affiliate links. For more info, see my  disclosures .

Traveling in the fall, and more specifically, October cannot be beat. It’s the shoulder season for many destinations across the states. That means less crowds and affordable prices. And bonus – beautiful fall colors across much of the USA!

Traveling in the fall is one of the best times to take a vacation. But not every spot is equally as great. That’s why this list of the best fall vacations in the US is highlighting cool spots you’ve seen before, and even better destinations you haven’t heard of. 

And by the way…I’m continually checking places off my travel bucket list . However, I haven’t been everywhere yet (working on it!) so I enlisted some travel blogger friends for help creating this epic list. 

Save money on travel with points: Check out the best credit card offers to save big money by using rewards points for flights and hotels. They’re so good; I regularly have 2-3 in my wallet and book most of my travel with points!

Map of the best fall vacations in the US

This list is covering a lot of the country! From the west coast to the east coast and some spots in between, this map shows a visual, which can be useful when planning your fall getaway.

Best places to visit in October in USA

October is a fabulous time to travel, and these are some of the most ideal spots in these gorgeous United States to see. From popular fall foliage spots to destinations you’ve never heard of, let’s dive into the list!

1. The Blue Ridge Parkway, North Carolina to Virginia

Average temp:  high 62, low 41

Stretching 469 miles from the entrance to Great Smoky Mountains National Park in North Carolina to the entrance to Shenandoah National Park in Virginia (where it turns into the equally scenic Skyline Drive), the Blue Ridge Parkway is widely regarded as one of America’s most scenic roads.

More than 15 million people using the Blue Ridge Parkway (BRP) each year, making it the most visited of all the national park units in the United States. So it’s also arguably the most popular!

The BRP’s origins date back to 1935, when President Franklin Delano Roosevelt made the historic initiative part of his New Deal. It was designed to improve American infrastructure and create jobs as a means to accelerate the nation’s economic recovery after the Great Depression.

It took until 1966 to construct the majority of the road, and another 21 years to finish the picturesque stretch from the Linn Cove Viaduct to Grandfather Mountain in North Carolina. 

The result is an epic and iconic road trip that dazzles with spectacular colors in the fall, when the leaves turn to sun-speckled gems in red, orange, and golden hues. It’s by far one of the most scenic fall drives in the US!!

An autumn drive along the Blue Ridge Parkway takes you through the Jefferson, George Washington, Nantahala, and Pisgah National Forests; numerous impressive state parks (including NC’s Mount Mitchell State Park, the highest peak east of the Mississippi); and countless hiking trails, waterfalls, rivers, lakes and streams. 

There are also some 200 breathtaking BRP overlooks as well as charming mountain towns such as Banner Elk, Boone, and  Little Switzerland . 

The best of the parkway’s landmarks include Grandfather Mountain State Park, the Linville Gorge Wilderness, Looking Glass Rock, and Julian Price Memorial Park. Each offers opportunities to savor the splendor of America’s wilderness at its most pristine, preserved by FDR for future generations.

Recommended by Bret Love and Mary Gabbett of Blue Ridge Mountains Travel Guide

2. Bend, Oregon (one of the most underrated and best places to visit in October USA)

Average temp:  high 62, low 33

While Bend, Oregon is a fantastic destination year-round, the fall is a great time to visit this Central Oregon town. You’ll find far fewer crowds than in the summer months and the crisp autumn air is perfect for many outdoor adventures.

Bend is an outdoor enthusiast’s dream, and October is a great time to experience Oregon’s high desert. Cooler autumn temperatures make it the perfect time of year to hit the nearby trails.

There are a variety of  hikes in Bend, Oregon  for all skill levels and in a diverse range of settings, from pine forests to snowcapped peaks to juniper and sage dotted deserts. You can also get out onto the water on a SUP or kayak or cruise through some of the famed Bend mountain biking trails.

A fun fall activity is to head to nearby Smith Rock State Park for beautiful views and a lovely riverside walk. Once you’ve had your fill, head to the ranch just outside the park that has a large pumpkin patch, food trucks and festive games for all ages.

October is the perfect time of year to hop around the different breweries around town to sample the local brews. If you’re a real craft beer enthusiast, you may want to participate in the Bend Ale Trail, which is run by the local tourism board. Collect stamps at each brewery you visit for a prize!

Recommended by Katie Diederichs of Go Wander Wild

3. Mammoth Lakes, California

Average temp:  high 60, low 30

One of the best places to visit in October in USA is  Mammoth Lakes . It’s located in Eastern California and is one of the most underrated places to visit in the USA in the fall. The beautiful colorful trees with the mountains in the background make this a wonderful place to stay in October. 

June Lake Loop is one of the best spots to experience the fall colors. There are many lakes to explore on the loop like Silver Lake, June Lake, Gull Lake, and Grant Lake.

The whole loop is filled with stunning yellow Aspen trees, and there are many spots to explore with these beautiful trees. Make sure to stop by Silver Lake Cafe for lunch and watch the stunning views of Silver Lake while you eat.

Another great spot to see fall colors is Convict Lake which is located southeast of Mammoth Lakes . The yellow Aspens are situated at the mountain base, so it is best to walk the whole loop.

You can also visit many of the lakes that are located in Mammoth Lakes Basin. They include lakes like Twin Lakes, Lake Mamie, Horseshoe Lake, Lake Mary and Lake George. It’s a magical area to explore in the early cool fall morning. 

There are so many yellow colors in Mammoth Lakes. It is probably one of the most underrated areas to experience fall foliage, and one of the best places to visit in the US in October!

Recommended by Michelle of The Wandering Queen

4. Rocky Mountain National Park, Colorado (one of the best October vacation destinations)

Average temp:  high 46, low 29

Colorado’s Rocky Mountain is one of the most beautiful (and popular) national parks in the country.

Located about 2 hours away from Denver, this park takes time ans effort to explore with countless trails, waterfalls and even one of Colorado’s most popular “fourteeners” Longs Peak. 

Rocky Mountain National Park is pure magic during fall, when the incredible golden colors come out in full display. The best time to see them is from mid-September through early October. 

Another thing you should know about visiting RMNP during the fall is that weekends still might be busy, as more people come to take pictures and see thousands of amazing golden-hue Aspen trees. Crowds begin to dissipate in the fall, and if you want the ultimate experience, try to plan your visit for weekday. 

To see the fall colors in their full glory, take a drive along the Trail Ridge Road that is open from Memorial Day until late October. The alpine highway is a perfect way to enjoy the the fall scenery at RMNP without getting out of the car. In fact, the Trail Ridge Road is one of the top Colorado bucket list activity!

Still, try to explore some trails. Take a hike or two to enjoy the fall colors , and if you plan on doing a more challenging trail at a higher altitude, make sure to bring some layers . Temperatures begin to drop in the fall, and it’s a good idea to bring a jacket with you, especially if you plan on camping here. 

Note: through most of October, the park requires a timed entry permit. Plan your trip in advance and grab your permit here .

Recommended by Daria of The Discovery Nut

5. Door County, Wisconsin

Average temp:  high 56, low 41

Door County, Wisconsin likely isn’t the first spot to come to mind when thinking of amazing fall colors in the United States. However, the colors here are breathtaking , and there are many wonderful activities to enjoy in Door County during fall! 

The colors begin changing during the end of September, and visitors hoping to see the leaves during their peak color should plan to visit the area in mid-October. 

To see some of the best fall colors in Door County, try hiking in Peninsula State Park, Whitefish Dunes State Park, Cave Point County Park and The Ridges Sanctuary, just to name a few spots.

For those looking for a less active leaf-peeping experience, be sure to take a drive along Highway 42. You can also see the leaves from above at viewing platforms, such as the newly constructed Sturgeon Bay Maritime Museum Lighthouse Tower. 

Fall is also a great time to visit the apple orchards in Door County. Be sure to stop by Wood Orchard Market, where you can get awesome seasonal products such as their special apple cider donuts! 

With the cooler fall temperatures, cozying up to a fire during a traditional Door County fish boil is one of the best  things to do in Wisconsin  at this time of year. Fish Boils are fun to watch and delicious. Each boil master makes theirs a little differently but, you can count on all recipes using white fish and various vegetables and spices boiled in a large kettle over an open fire.

Door County is an underrated destination, and definitely one of the best places to visit in October USA!

Recommended by Lindsey of Have Clothes, Will Travel

6. San Diego, California

Average temp:  high 74, low 61

Listen, San Diego has amazing temperatures most of the year, so there’s not really a ‘bad’ time to go. However, as someone who’s traveled to San Diego many times in the fall, I can truly say that October is a fantastic time to visit this amazing city!

Less tourists visit San Diego in the fall, so there’s not as many limitations to amazing activities because of overcrowding. For instance, the San Diego Zoo is a fantastic spot to explore. It’s really enjoyable in the fall when you can see what you’re there to see, instead of waiting all the time.

An amazing activity in the San Diego area is kayaking in La Jolla Cove in October. Other top things to do include Balboa Park, Old Town San Diego and Coronado Island.

By the way, here’s an idea of how to spend a weekend in San Diego if it’s on your short list!

Recommended by me – Nikki of She Saves She Travels 

Book a photo shoot: The best souvenir, booking a photo shoot while traveling preserves memories of your vacation! I love Flytographer because the photo sessions are fun, easy and affordable. you can get $25 off if you book through this link or use the code SSST.

7. Oahu, Hawaii (top of the list for warm places to visit in October in USA)

Average temp:  high 84, low 69

The island of Oahu has beautiful weather throughout the year but fall is one of the best times to visit. At this time of year, you can expect fewer crowds around the island, plenty of days with clear blue skies and the island is still really warm so you can spend your time lying on the beach.

While it may be hotter in the summer months, the fall actually offers a more enjoyable temperature so you can get out and explore the island. 

One of the highlights of any visit to Oahu is exploring the many beaches dotted around the island. The most beautiful beach on Oahu is Lanikai Beach , which is a palm tree lined stretch of brilliant white sand and crystal-clear blue water.

As it’s on the east side of the island the water is usually quite calm so it is ideal for swimming, kayaking and stand-up paddle boarding. If you are feeling energetic you can kayak out to the Mokalua Islands which are just a few hundred metres from shore. 

Another great activity is to explore Kualoa Regional Park, which is where scenes from Jurassic Park were filmed. You can explore the park on foot or take a quad bike tour. The mountains here are unique with their deep ridges and tropical green coverings.

During a visit to Oahu you can also snorkel, surf, hike, visit local farms to try fresh fruit and so much more. It’s an amazing island and the weather in particular makes this a perfect fall getaway.

Recommended by Luke of Wild About BC

8. Acadia National Park, Maine (a top choice on this list of best places to visit in October in USA)

Average temp:  high 55, low 38

Acadia is among a very small group of US national parks with two genuine ‘peak’ seasons. Summer is naturally congested in Acadia, but fall is equally as busy and because of the spectacularly beautiful Autumnal foliage lighting up the park.

But striking colors aren’t everything and the fall season is loaded with other benefits in Acadia National Park. 

Hiking conditions are cooler in September and October, which comes in particularly handy when climbing both of Acadia’s adrenaline pumping hikes – Beehive Trail and Precipice Trail.

Beehive and Precipice are the two outstanding hikes but there are a dozen other trails without ladder climbing elements. All of which summit with remarkable views over the Gulf of Maine, gorgeous lakes, tiny islands and of course mountain sides covered in vibrant orange, yellow, red and green trees.

Epic sunrises are one of Acadia’s greatest assets and from the summit of ultra-popular Cadillac Mountain, you can be among the first people in the US to see the sun rise over the eastern horizon. In fall, sunrise is over an hour later than in summer, which means a slightly less agonizing alarm time.

To see the richest and most vivid colors, simply get stuck into all of the  best things to do in Acadia National Park , including hikes, lakes and carriage roads.

Pro tip: Be sure to book Bar Harbor accommodation a long way in advance to avoid missing out and always be out in the park early, parking spaces are limited and fill quickly each day.

Without a doubt, Acadia National Park is one of the best places to visit in October in USA.

Recommended by Mark and Kristen of Where Are Those Morgans?

9. Moab, Utah

Average temp:  high 74, low 41

Moab, Utah is an adventure city in the Southwest USA. With countless national parks, state parks and recreation areas surrounding Moab, it’s truly an amazing place to vacation.

It makes this list of the best places to visit in October in the USA because the weather usually hasn’t turned too wintry yet to enjoy the outdoors. And in the summer, Moab is packed with tourism!

If you love hiking, October is the perfect time to explore Arches National Park by foot or hike Canyonlands National Park . There’s also white water rafting, canyoneering, wineries and breweries and so much more.

Visitors should still book accommodations as far out as possible to get the best pricing. And be sure to book any tours in advance since Moab is a hot spot!

Related: 30 Cool Things to Do in Moab, Utah

Best October vacation destinations

Some amazing spots have already been covered, but some of the best fall foliage in USA continues…

10. Asheville, North Carolina

Average temp:  high 68, low 46

Asheville, North Carolina is one of the best places in the US to experience fall.  The mountains are blazing with red, orange, and yellow leaves, the weather is perfect and the orchards are open. 

While it may be the busiest time of year, it’s well worth the visit, but try to time it for a weekday visit instead of the weekends.

Be sure to spend some time walking around downtown Asheville and wandering the shops of the hip West Asheville area.  Visiting the Biltmore Estate is also a must-do. 

There are so many amazing places to eat in Asheville, you’ll be able to try new, delicious food for every meal. Tupelo Honey and Gan Shan West are great options.

One of the best things to do in Asheville is driving part of the 469-mile Blue Ridge Parkway and the best time to  drive the Blue Ridge Parkway is fall . There are tons of hikes to waterfalls nearby like Linville Falls, Looking Glass Falls, or Moore Cove Falls. 

Visiting Asheville in the fall makes all of these things even better than they normally are because you get to see them surrounded by stunning fall foliage, and who doesn’t love that?  

Recommended by Megan of Red Around the World

11. Mount Rainier National Park, Washington (a PNW fave on this list of best places to visit in October in USA)

Average temp:  high 47, low 33

Within the Pacific Northwest, Mount Rainier National Park boasts vibrant autumnal colors not only on the leaves of its famously grand trees, but also from the wildflowers, succulents, and other fauna carpeting the park’s rolling valleys.

If you’re looking for some of the best spots to see the fall colors, head to the Skyline Trail Mount Rainier, a 5.5 mile hike that takes you up close-and-personal with Mount Rainier and meanders through meadows aflame with autumnal foliage, from the vibrant red of scarlet paintbrush to the flaming orange of elderberries. 

Alternatively, check out Naches Peak Loop, a part of the Pacific Crest Trail that traverses colorful subalpine valleys bursting with autumnal colors while snowy Mount Rainier looms overhead.

For a lower impact way to enjoy the fall foliage, take a scenic drive through the Chinook Scenic Byway. It’s a 107 mile road that will take you through both Mount Rainier National Park and Mount Baker – Snoqualmie National Forest.

This drive provides a gorgeous tour of rushing waterfalls, snow-capped mountains, and of course, panoramic views of the Cascade Mountains’ beautiful fall colors.

With stunning autumnal foliage, world-class hiking, and a variety of activities for all types of travelers, Mount Rainier in the fall is a fantastic place to explore. 

Recommended by Jessica of Uprooted Traveler

12. Boston, Massachusetts

Average temp:  high 62, low 47

Fall is the ultimate time to visit New England. From “leaf-peeping” in parks to crisp weather and apple-picking, it’s no wonder that visitors flock to the region from all over the world. If you’re seeking a combination of a city break and a fantastic fall destination, consider Boston.

Boston is teeming with history, green spaces, restaurants, and quaint neighborhoods to charm any visitor. Known as the “Cradle of the American Revolution,” don’t miss the Freedom Trail .

It’s a 2-mile, largely flat walking path that traces various sites of historical importance, such as the site of the Boston Massacre, the beginning of Paul Revere’s Midnight Ride, and the Battle of Bunker Hill in Charlestown.

The Trail kicks off at the beautiful Boston Common, the oldest city park in the U.S., dating back to 1634! As you walk, you will also discover other lovely fall destinations, such as the Beacon Hill neighborhood, with its cobbled streets and romantic buildings. Be sure to stop at Acorn Street, said to be the most-photographed street in the U.S .

For some Victorian splendor, visit Copley Square and the Back Bay, gazing up at its two beautiful churches and the Boston Public Library – certainly one of the city’s most picturesque places. In particular, the Library’s Bates Room, with its glowing lamps and vintage books, will give you major “back-to-school season” vibes.

Nearby, the Commonwealth Avenue Mall has gorgeous trees in blazing fall colors – one of the best places to check out fall foliage in town . There are also a variety of parks to discover if foliage is what you seek, including the Fens, the Emerald Necklace parks system and the Public Garden. 

Boston is certainly one of the best places to travel in October in USA, especially if you love history!

Recommended by Tegan and Alex of Why Not Walk Travel Guides

13. Napa Valley, California (a favorite of these fall vacation ideas)

Average temp:  high 77, low 47

It’s without question that the beautiful  Napa Valley  region in California is one of the most beautiful fall travel destinations in the USA. The normally vibrant green of the grapevines turns to shades of yellow, gold and orange in Napa Valley. And as the weather cools, the leaves start to fall, leaving a carpet of orangey gold underfoot.  

Napa Valley is actually a region featuring a collection of towns in between the vineyards and rolling hills. The area is a really easy drive from the best things to do in San Francisco , and will take around 1.5 hours. Having a car is a great idea in Napa Valley so that you are able to hop between wine tastings and towns at your leisure.  

For a spectacular view, Artesa Wines is a great choice for a wine tasting as the large-windowed cellar door sits stop a hill providing great panoramic views of the surrounding valley.  

Auburn James, just outside St Helena, is also a beautiful winery to stop in at, with a gorgeous tasting room. It is worth noting that booking in advance for your tastings is always a good idea and usually involves a small payment.  

Once you’ve finished your wine tastings, head into the township of St Helena for dinner at the Farmstead – a stellar farm to plate restaurant pairing local wines with delicious food.  

Recommended by Emma of Emma Jane Explores

14. Chicago, Illinois

Average temp:  high 62, low 50

If you’re looking for the best place to visit in October USA, look no further than Chicago!  This fun city is vibrant and full of fall foliage! Plus, there’s a ton of things to do, indoor and out.

While you could spend a week in the city, a Chicago 3 day itinerary would be just about perfect. 

A must-see is Millennium Park and the world-famous “Bean.” October is the  perfect time to witness the ever changing colors of autumn against the Chicago skyline.  The Bean is sort of like the cherry on top of that whole experience!

If you’re into museums, Chicago has so many options to choose from. The Art Institute of Chicago is located downtown within walking distance of many other main attractions. Enjoy works by Picasso, Vincent van Gogh and so many others!

You can  visit the Willis Tower Skydeck , where you can walk out on a ledge over 100 stories up (indoor, don’t worry!) and see the city below.  Another perfect activity is the Navy Pier,  where you can walk, dine and even join in on fun activities like a mirror maze or giant Ferris wheel!

With typically mild weather conditions in Chicago, it’s one of the best US cities to visit in October! Daytime averages in the 60s and nightly about 50 degrees, layers will be your friend!

Pro tip : stay near downtown or within a short metro ride to the city center. It’s a relatively walkable city so be prepared with your cute walking shoes !

Recommended by me – Nikki of She Saves She Travels

15. Kauai, Hawaii (another favorite on this list of best places to visit in the US in October)

Average temp:  high 76, low 60

It sounds cliché, but Hawaii is such a gorgeous destination that it’s always worth the visit! However, as someone who has been to this beautiful island chain many times, visiting in the fall is one of my very favorite times to go.

Kauai is one of the best places to visit in October in the USA because it’s the shoulder season so it’s more affordable. Hiking trails and parking lots are generally less full, making it a great time to vacation on this island.

Highlights in Kauai in October

• See the Waimea Canyon and NaPali Coast. It’s absolutely stunning! 
• Helicopter tour of the island . Since 80% of it isn’t drivable, this is the best way to see this gorgeous place.
• Hike the first 2 miles of the Kalalau Trail . You’ll have to get advanced reservations to enter the park, but it’s a breathtaking experience!
• Hike the Mahaulepu Heritage Trail in southern Kauai near Poipu. This is and easy walk and offers ocean views nearly the entire way.
• Snorkel on Anini Beach. It’s one of the most calm spots on the island and a great spot to see sea turtles! (Just be sure to respect Hawaiian culture, keeping your distance from sea turtles and not walk on the coral.)

For the best places to eat in Kauai, it’s easier to get reservations for restaurants (which is recommended for Kauai since it’s a smaller island) in October.

Hands down, Hawaii is one of the very best states to visit in October, and Kauai is phenomenal!

16. Lutsen, Minnesota (an underrated and absolute best fall vacations in the US)

Average temp:  high 52, low 34

A fabulous, unknown place to many for enjoying fall leaf color and waterfalls can be found on the North Shore along Lake Superior in Minnesota. The North Shore is a special place and is only 2 hours north of Minneapolis-St Paul airport.

Duluth is where the journey begins, but for the full experience continue northward two more hours to Lutsen, Minnesota.  It’s truly one of the best places to visit in October in USA!

Let’s go! Start the adventure in Canal Park in Duluth, MN with the iconic Aerial Lift Bridge in the backdrop, while you explore the lighthouse pier and the newly renovated Lakewalk. Your drive will continue with must-see stops at Gooseberry Falls, Splitrock Lighthouse and Temperance River State Park.

Great accommodations can be found in Lutsen or Grand Marais, which are centralized for hiking and lots of activities in the area. An aerial gondola ride over the Poplar River and up the Moose Mountain is an experience not to miss to see the best fall leaf colors !

The window for peak fall color on the north shore varies anywhere from mid-September to early-October. However, the fall colors continue to be stunning in different types of forests at times beyond that window.

If you haven’t yet experienced the North Shore of Minnesota in the fall it’s one to add to your list! There are so many things to do and places to stay, it’s easy to find hotels on the North Shore MN as well.

Recommended by Michelle of Almost There Adventures

17. Portsmouth, New Hampshire

Average temp:  high 58, low 46

Welcome to Portsmouth, New Hampshire, the town National Geographic Travel has crowned “America’s Greatest Small Town.”

Portsmouth is the crown jewel of New Hampshire’s Seacoast and is perfectly situated within an hour from the White Mountains and an hour from Boston. Its location makes it the perfect New England destination for leaf peeping .

Downtown historical Portsmouth is very unique as it has colonial homes dating back to the 17th century. The most famous historical portion of the city is located in the south end. Strawbery Banke, an outdoor history museum, is New Hampshire’s oldest neighborhood to be settled by Europeans.

When visiting Portsmouth, be sure to check out all the small businesses downtown in an area of the city known as Market Square.

Portsmouth has more restaurants per capita than any other small town in the United States and is also home to dozens of charming boutiques. These boutiques come to life during the autumn with their seasonal decor and gift offerings.

Be sure to swing by Cup of Joe cafe for a cozy cup of salted caramel hot chocolate or their signature pumpkin spice latte. Lastly, the best thing about Portsmouth, NH is it’s a very walkable town, meaning no car is needed to explore this charming downtown this upcoming autumn season !

Recommended by Nicole of The Abroad Blog

18. Eastern Sierra, California

Average temp:  high 62, low 38 (varies)

The Eastern Sierra of California is a fabulous fall getaway destination in the USA. Fall color here is considered second only to New England , so you know you are in for a visual treat if you visit when the colors are at their peak!

From Lake Tahoe in the north to Bishop and Lone Pine in the south, the region is ablaze with foliage colors in the fall. You’ll be mesmerized by the show of yellow, oranges, and reds put on by aspens, willows and cottonwoods. 

Taking a  Highway 395 road trip  is a great way to enjoy fall in the Eastern Sierra. If you prefer to have a base, Mammoth Lakes and Bishop are the largest towns in the area, and make for good bases from which to explore the beauty of the fall foliage all around you.

Doing scenic drives to enjoy the colors is the top thing to do in the fall. There are numerous paved and dirt roads you can drive. Both Inyo and Mono Counties offer the most beautiful drives. If you plan to drive the dirt roads, bring an appropriate vehicle.

The region is also known for its numerous spectacular lakes, so get out onto the water to enjoy the colors on the banks. Boating or kayaking is offered at many lakes. You can also go hiking, to view the colors up close: there are many legendary Eastern Sierra hikes from which to choose.

The Eastern Sierras are certainly one of the beset October vacations USA for lakes, mountains and hiking.

Recommended by Dhara of Roadtripping California

19. Shenandoah National Park, Virginia (another underrated destination on this list of beset places to travel in October in USA)

Average temp:  high 58, low 39

You’ll hit gold if you visit Shenandoah National Park during the autumn . . . plus orange, red and burgundy.

Shenandoah’s trees shed their green attire. Autumn’s palette paints the forest rusty orange, reddish yellow, and burgundy. Woodland creatures abound, including black bears, deer, wild turkeys and bats.

Located less than two hours from Washington DC, Shenandoah National Park attracts hikers and drivers. It’s also a favorite for singles and families to spend a weekend. But book your reservations early for either the park campgrounds or the Skyland Resorts and Big Meadows hotels, as they routinely sell out for the weekend.

The best time to visit is Monday through Thursday as the 105-mile Skyline Drive can turn into a traffic jam in October at peak foliage times. Skyline Drive weaves its way across western Virginia. Speed limit is 35 mph.

Your best bet is to enter the enter at the Front Royal Entrance, stop at the Dickey Ridge Visitors Center to get a panoramic family portrait and then head down the road. Stop at a convenient parking lot so you can hike through forests, scale rocky ledges, explore Appalachian Trail stops and watch waterfalls.

Or you can spend 3 hours traveling the entire length of the park on Skyline Drive. It ends at Rockfish Gap Entrance Station, which is also the northern entrance to the  Blue Ridge Parkway .  Shenandoah National Park features 200,000 acres of protected land. Stony Man and Hawksbill peaks exceed 4,000 feet.

This beautiful fall destination is the perfect getaway for families, couples, solos or even a friends’ trip!

Recommended by By Terri of Female Solo Trek

Fall vacation ideas

From big cities to wide open spaces, there’s still plenty more places to see on this mega list of the best place to visit in October in the US!

20. Austin, Texas

Average temp:  high 82, low 60

What a perfect city for a fall getaway! As someone who’s visited Austin a few times, I can honestly say October was my favorite! The weather is way better (i.e. way less hot) than during peak travel season.

Visiting Austin in the fall is the perfect time for outdoor adventures. There’s so much hiking in Austin, plus fall festivals, outdoor drive-in movies, pumpkin patches and more.

If you love being on the water, Lady Bird Lake is a great spot for kayaking or stand up paddle boarding. For easy hiking in Austin , consider McKinney Falls State Park, Barton Creek Greenbelt or the popular Mount Bonnell.

Of course there’s live music all over Austin, and let’s not forget the mural hunting, either. Whether you’re going for Insta-worthy shots or just happen to walk by them on your way to get epic cone at Amy’s Ice Cream, you’re bound to find some fun artwork in the downtown area.

October is the perfect time of year to spend a weekend in Austin .

21. Newport, Rhode Island

Average temp:  high 62, low 53

One of the best fall vacations in the US is definitely Newport, Rhode Island. The area has peak fall foliage throughout October.

It’s a small town located on Aquidneck Island and is surrounded by beautiful beaches and sea cliffs. During the fall, you can walk around and enjoy outdoor activities without the crowds.

The majority of people drive to Newport from somewhere on the east coast. If you’re visiting from further away, you can fly into Providence, Rhode Island, only 45 minutes away. 

One of the best  things to do in Newport  is see the history of the area on the Cliff Walk. You can walk 3.5 miles past the Breakers, one of the Newport mansions, around sea cliffs, and past a few beaches.

Newport’s mansions are renowned for their architecture and history. Some of the mansions were constructed in the early 19th century. Walk around the Wharves (Bannister’s and Bowen’s) in the evening for a variety of food and shopping. 

Newport has lots of delicious places to eat. For breakfast, head to Cru Cafe near the Audobain Museum – a great way to start the day is with their blueberry stuffed French toast!

Your New England vacation wouldn’t be complete without some seafood. At the Lobster Shack, you can find fresh seafood. You can stay at the Marriott Newport if you want to stay in the heart of Newport. The hotel is within walking distance of the wharves. 

Recommended by Pamela of The Directionally Challenged Traveler

22. Aspen, Colorado (a top choice for best places to visit in October in the US)

Average temp:  high 58, low 31

Perhaps one of the most beautiful fall foliage settings is in Colorado’s Rocky Mountains. The town of Aspen is perfect for a fall getaway because it’s surrounded by mountains and gorgeous aspen trees. I’m convinced it’s the among the best places to visit in October in USA.

Unlike some other destinations on this list which get vibrant reds and oranges during the fall, aspen trees turn a gorgeous yellow color. And when you get a mountainside full of them, it’s like eye candy!

A gorgeous day trip from Aspen is Maroon Bells Park. The feature is the mountain peak of Maroon Bells, which are surrounded by a lake and gorgeous aspen trees in the fall.

You could spend the day hiking the trails near the Maroon Bells if you love hiking and exploring the outdoors on foot. Note: you’ll want to plan ahead for this one, as reservations are now required to visit. Get your Maroon Bells reservations here .

Other things to do in Aspen include the Silver Queen Gondola, drive Independence Pass, visit the Ashcroft Ghost Town, and of course, shopping and dining in Aspen.

So whether you’re making the fall foliage in Aspen the focus of your trip or you’re combining it with an epic Colorado road trip , Aspen will surely be a highlight for a fall vacation!

23. New York City, New York

Average temp:  high 64, low 50

New York City is amongst the best places to spend fall in the United States. The city is known for its beautiful fall colors and even a bit of Indian summer if you’re lucky.

New York can get very hot during the summer so the fall is the perfect time to enjoy the city without the heat. Fall is a lot more comfortable for sightseeing and you’ll love the views of the city. 

If you’re traveling with older kids, this New York weekend itinerary with teens is the perfect mix of activities.

Head to the Highline Park which is a former elevated railroad track that has been converted into a walkway. It’s the perfect way to see the city without having to deal with the traffic and busy streets! 

For an even better view of the city, you need to go all the way to the top of the One World Trade Center . This modern skyscraper is a must-see and truly the best place to take pictures of the city.

Afterward, head to the river for an evening cruise. There are tourist boats that will take you around the Hudson and East River.

However, for a more affordable option just take the ferry to Jersey or Staten Island. The ride won’t be as long but tickets only cost a few dollars and you’ll get to avoid the tourist crowds.

A trip to New York City is one of the best October vacations USA and one you’ll remember for a lifetime!

Recommended by Victoria of Guide Your Travel

24. Zion National Park, Utah (another favorite on this list of best places to travel in October in USA)

Average temp:  high 66, low 39

Zion National Park is simply stunning any time of year. However, it’s especially amazing to visit this national park in the fall.  With dwindled crowds and less intense weather to worry about, Zion is a great idea for a fall vacatio n!

If you want to hike the infamous Angels Landing, advanced planning is required, as the permit application process is during the summer. But, if you happen to get a permit for the hike, October is a phenomenal time to do it!

Of course, there are many things to do in Zion without hiking this challenging trail.  The much easier and yet equally rewarding Canyon Overlook Trail is a fun one, and can be completed for most fitness levels . At just a mile, this trail offers absolutely incredible views of the park!

A place for all ages, this park is magnificent for those young and old. An itinerary for Zion with kids includes other simple hikes like the Riverside Walk. Go further into the canyon by hiking The Narrows!

If you’re looking for a scenic drive in October, the Zion Mt. Carmel Highway Scenic Drive is incredible.  You won’t get the traditional vivid colors like some of the other destinations on this list of the best places to visit in October in US, but instead you’ll get amazing desert landscape and massive canyon views. So fun!

Be sure to pack plenty of water, layers for varying weather, hiking snacks and hiking gear like grippy hiking shoes , trekking poles and a hiking backpack .

Zion is absolutely one of the best places to go in October in USA, and a spot you’ll love!

Recommended by Nikki of Inspired Routes

25. Las Vegas, Nevada

Average temp:  high 83, low 46

Las Vegas is the perfect destination to visit all year round but fall is a great time to visit. Temperatures begin to cool after the summer and so do the crowds. Plus, visiting mid-week will get you cheaper hotel rates, too. 

Because temperatures are cooler, it means you can take advantage of some of the best outdoor attractions in the city, perfect for those visiting  Las Vegas for the first time .

Enjoy a Gondola ride at The Venetian, watch the Bellagio fountains or watch the volcano erupt outside The Mirage.

Rent a car or join a tour to visit the nearby national parks; Grand Canyon is the most popular day trip option from Las Vegas but October is a fantastic time to visit Death Valley, Red Rock Canyon and Bryce Canyon.

Alternatively, head to the unusual Magic Mountains or explore ‘The Neon Museum’ , a gallery of old signage from Vegas hotels of the past. 

In the Bellagio hotel, you’ll find the gorgeous Conservatory and Botanical Gardens. This is one of the best free things to do in Las Vegas and a great indoor activity to enjoy.

Each season, the gardens get transformed and the fall display is the most breathtaking. Expect oversized pumpkins, woodland creatures and tall, entertaining trees. 

For more natural fall colours, head to one of the nearby parks ; Floyd Lamb Park at Tule Springs, Paseo Verde Park and Gilcrease Orchard are top choices for this time of the year. 

We recommend staying at The Cosmopolitan; it’s an elegant, stunning hotel and rates are normally super high but drop during the Autumn time.

Recommended by Katie of Creative Travel Guide

26. Washington DC (Rock Creek Park)

Average temp:  high 69, low 46

Washingtonians and visitors don’t even have to hop in a car to enjoy peak fall foliage in a forest. Rock Creek Park is situated in the nation’s capital.

It’s the nation’s third oldest national park. Rock Creek Park was authorized in 1890.

Come October, the oaks, American beech and tulip trees suddenly change into the colors of the sunset—golden, orange and red. The 1,754-acre park features hikes for the hardcore as well as weekend adventurer.

If time permits, hike the two primary trails – Western Ridge Trail and Valley Trail. They run side by side. Imagine walking along a ladder laid on the ground.

Half-day hikes include Boulder Bridge, Milkhouse Ford, Rapids Bridge and Chestnut Oak/Mountain Laurels.

Or, devote a fall weekend to exploring Rock Creek Park . Tramp around the Civil War fortifications, watch interpreters at the Peirce Mill and Barn and visit the horses.

Bring a carrot or pull on your boots to ride a horse at the Rock Creek Park Horse Center, which is the only public riding facility in Washington DC.

Families will definitely want to visit the Nature Center and Planetarium. There are picnic areas scattered across Rock Creek Park, so fill a basket with ciders, sandwiches and apples.

Recommended by Terri of Female Solo Trek

27. Siesta Key, Florida (another favorite warm place to visit in October in USA)

Average temp:  high 85, low 67

A Florida beach may not come to the top of mind when thinking about the best October vacation destinations. However, it’s the perfect time to go! And what better way to end this list than one of the top-ranked beaches in the USA!

Siesta Key, Florida is home to turquoise water and some of the finest white powder sand you’ll ever step foot on. While you won’t see much fall foliage here, you’ll see wide open beaches and affordable prices, compared to the peak summer season and those looking for a winter escape.

Fall is the ideal time to visit Siesta Key. The weather is very comfortable and the water is still warm enough to enjoy.

From excellent restaurants, shopping, kayaking and beaching, there’s seriously so many things to do in Siesta Key. Whether you’re looking for a fall getaway as a couple, family, solo or friends trip, you’ll love spending time in Siesta Key!

While a bit unconventional in terms of fall colors, this is still one of the best places to visit in October in the USA.

28. New Orleans, Louisiana

Average temp:  high 81, low 62

New Orleans is one of the top warm places to visit in October in USA. It’s a fantastic walking city so it’s an ideal location to visit in the fall when the summer weather has cooled a bit and the crowds have left.

New Orleans is a very family friendly city , even in the French Quarter, or a great destination for a romantic getaway or a fun girls’ or boy’s weekend. 

A trip to New Orleans wouldn’t be complete without exploring the French Quarter. Here you can aimlessly walk along cobblestone streets, poking your head into cute shops, or eating your way through delicious food.

One of the must-try treats is a beignet, a cross between a french pastry and a doughnut. They are easily found in the French Quarter. 

If you’re curious about the history of this area, take one of the many walking tours that will ultimately take you to St. Louis Cemetery No. 1. Here you will learn all about the ghosts, the after-life and even voodoo, themes found all over New Orleans.

A fantastic experience is visiting the National WWII Museum, a short walk from the French Quarter.

This is an exceptional interactive museum that focuses on the United States’ role in Asia and Europe during WWII. It’s a thrilling experience that will grab the attention of anyone even those that aren’t normally interested in history or wars. 

There are countless exciting activities to do within a short drive of New Orleans. You can visit a plantation, like Oak Alley Plantation, and learn about slavery and a difficult part of US history. The drive there is beautiful and exploring the grounds is a lovely thing to do in the fall.

In addition, you can take a swamp tour which is a lot of fun. You hop on a bayou boat and explore some of the many surrounding swamps filled with crocodiles and other wild creatures.

October is the perfect time of year to visit New Orleans due to the cooling weather and reasonable crowds.

Recommended by Nicole of Go Far Grow Close

Best places to visit in October in the USA

Whew! What a list. I hope you’ve found enough inspiration for your fall getaway – or 2! With so many amazing spots in the USA to choose from, I’m sure you can’t go wrong!

Let’s recap those destinations again, in a much more condensed list…

Best fall vacations in US

• Blue Ridge Parkway, NC to VA
• Bend, Oregon
• Mammoth Lakes, California
• Rocky Mountain National Park, Colorado
• Door County, Wisconsin
• San Diego, California
• Oahu, Hawaii
• Acadia National Park, Maine
• Asheville, North Carolina
• Mount Rainier National Park, Washington 
• Boston, Massachusetts
• Napa Valley, California
• Chicago, Illinois
• Kauai, Hawaii
• Lutsen, Minnesota
• Portsmouth, New Hampshire
• Eastern Sierra, California
• Shenandoah National Park, Virginia
• Austin, Texas
• Newport, Rhode Island
• Aspen, Colorado
• New York City, New York
• Zion National Park, Utah
• Las Vegas, Nevada
• Washington DC (Rock Creek Park)
• Siesta Key, Florida
• New Orleans, Louisiana

So, have you decided? Comment below with your fall vacation plans!

By the way, if you’re planning to rent a car for your fall getaway, check out the discounted rates on Discover Cars . I routinely save 10% – 30% on rentals. They search top car carriers to find the best deal, at no extra price to you! Here’s that link again to search rental cars .

Related content: 28 Underrated Destinations in the USA 32 Best Places to Visit in September in USA (Unique and Cool Ideas You’ll Love) 30 Incredible Warm Winter Vacation Spots in the USA 35 Swoon-worthy Beach Vacations 26 Best Beaches on the Gulf Coast 100 Romantic Vacations in the United States

Find this post helpful? Save it for later or share it on social media!

Sunday 27th of August 2023

I have actually visited quite a few of these in the autumn (I am from the UK!) I am pleased to say. There are still a few more to tick off though. Fall is my favourite season for visiting the US. I would especially love to see Aspen in the fall. I have only ever seen it in the winter. You have whetted my appetite for another fall road trip!

Monday 28th of August 2023

Oh yay Jane! I'm so glad to hear you've visited so many spots in the US during the fall season. Such a spectacular time to travel! Hope you get to cross a few more off your list soon :)

I've been to Kauai in October and you are correct, it's a great time to go! Warm, sunny and not too crowded either.

haha yes! Although there may not be a bad time to go to Kauai....🤣

Saturday 26th of August 2023

Love this entire listicle! All these places must be stunning during autumn and I'd love to visit some day. Thanks for sharing this!

You're so welcome Kelly. Glad you enjoyed the list!

This list is amazing. I completely agree with Bend, OR as one of the best underrated places to visit! I really want to get out to the northeast at some point to see the fall colors, they look incredible. Thanks for the inspiration.

Oh yay Sophie, so glad you found some inspiration here. The PNW is so stunning in the fall and worth the trip 🧡

Sunday 24th of October 2021

Such an exhaustive list Nikki! I am really glad that I stumbled upon your blog today. Hope to tick some of this list in the next few years though. Kudos on this article and stay safe! :)

Thursday 28th of October 2021

Thanks so much Darryl! It was fun putting an extensive list together. I hope you get to see many of the places on this list!

35 Best Places to Visit in October in the USA

Fall is an incredible time to explore the USA – from vibrant cities and stunning mountain vistas, to wild coastlines and barren deserts. This list of the best places to visit in October will give you all of those things…and more!

Get ready for breathtaking views, adventurous activities, delightful dining experiences, and plenty of memories that will last a lifetime.

Table of Contents

Best Places to Visit in the US in October

There’s no better way to enjoy the post-summer season than with a road trip during the month of October. Although it’s now officially autumn, many locations across the United States still boast pleasantly warm temperatures and plenty of sunshine, making them great places to visit.

From small towns to bustling cities, here are 35 of our top destinations for an October road trip:

1. Blue Ridge Parkway, NC

Rolling hills and autumn foliage make this parkway a must-visit. Take in the views of mountains , waterfalls, and sunsets as you drive along the 469-mile long route.

October is arguably the best time to visit the Blue Ridge Parkway thanks to the spectacular display of fall color that sweeps over the region.

The vibrant hues of red, orange, and gold leaves create an enchanting backdrop as you navigate the winding roads.

Hiking is a must-do here, with over 100 trails to choose from, each offering a unique vantage point of the fall foliage.

2. Acadia National Park, Maine

Take the drive to Maine and explore this stunning National Park. Enjoy an array of outdoor activities like biking, kayaking, rock climbing and hiking.

With over 120 miles of trails, 47 mountains and four distinct ecosystems there’s something for everyone in Acadia National Park.It’s also a great spot for wildlife viewing; you may catch a glimpse of beavers, seals, foxes and black bears out in their natural habitats.

The autumn season brings a range of vibrant colors to the park, making it an ideal time to plan your visit.

Take in views of the changing foliage from the summit of Cadillac Mountain or take a boat trip around Jordan Pond to enjoy the view from afar.

3. Great Smoky Mountains National Park

As one of the most visited national parks in the United States, Great Smoky Mountains National Park offers a variety of scenic drives and trails.

With its pleasant weather, you can indulge in hiking, mountain biking, and bird-watching activities.

The park boasts a diverse wildlife and stunning views, including the iconic Clingmans Dome – one of the highest points in the Appalachian Mountains.

For an unforgettable experience of the Smoky Mountains, join a guided jeep tour! Explore the breathtaking woodlands and stunning water features along the Roaring Fork Motor Nature Trail.

4. Mackinac Island, MI

Visiting Mackinac Island in October is truly an enchanting experience. As the high summer temperatures give way to a crisp autumn breeze, the Island transforms into a picturesque landscape painted with red, yellow, and orange hues.

The island’s car-free policy adds a touch of tranquility, making it a perfect getaway to reconnect with nature and enjoy the serene beauty of fall.

Another attraction not to miss is the Grand Hotel, a National Historic Landmark known for its beautiful architecture and the world’s longest porch. You can enjoy afternoon tea or even stay overnight to soak in the grandeur.

Don’t forget to try the island’s world-famous fudge from one of the many candy shops lining Main Street. The Mackinac Island Fudge Festival in October is a sweet treat for all ages!

5. Nashville, Tennessee

The city’s many parks, such as the iconic Centennial Park, boast arrays of reds, oranges, and yellows, making for a truly picturesque backdrop for a quiet afternoon stroll or picnic.

The fall season coincides with the Nashville Film Festival, an annual event that draws cinephiles from around the world.

Take a break from the festivities to enjoy a hot beverage from a local café, then head out to explore the city’s rich cultural offerings, including the Tennessee State Museum and the Country Music Hall of Fame.

As the day winds down, don’t miss the breathtaking sunset over the Cumberland River, a sight that truly encapsulates the beauty of Nashville in the fall.

6. Galveston, Texas

This classic beach town in Texas is full of attractions for the whole family. Enjoy the breathtaking beaches and explore activities like deep sea fishing or kayaking on one of its many bays.

With plenty of local seafood restaurants, you won’t miss out on a delicious dinner overlooking the ocean waves.

You can also embark on a kayaking adventure through the park’s wetlands, offering an up-close view of its diverse wildlife.

For thrill-seekers, the Pleasure Pier amusement park awaits with its exciting rides and attractions. Don’t miss the famous iron shark rollercoaster for a heart-pounding experience!

7. Savannah, GA

As you walk along the cobblestone streets lined with Spanish moss-draped oak trees, you’ll be captivated by the timeless beauty of the antebellum houses, historic churches, and monuments that tell stories of Savannah’s past.

For the foodies, Savannah offers a plethora of southern cuisine, with local restaurants serving everything from classic fried chicken to Lowcountry boil.

However, as the city’s charming demeanor gives way to the chill of the night, Savannah transforms into one of the most haunted cities in America.

October is the perfect time for thrill-seekers to explore the city’s spooky side with ghost tours that take you through cemeteries, haunted mansions, and the city’s oldest streets, filled with tales of spirits and supernatural occurrences.

8. Las Vegas, Nevada

Walk along the famous Las Vegas Strip and take in the dazzling lights, iconic landmarks, and themed resorts.

Las Vegas is known for its world-class entertainment. Consider watching a captivating show like a Cirque du Soleil performance, a magic show, or a live concert.

Consider a helicopter tour over the Las Vegas Strip for a unique and breathtaking perspective.

For a break from all the hustle and bustle, spend your day at one of Las Vegas’ many spas. Relax and pamper yourself with a massage, facial, or body treatment.

9. Washington D.C.

October is the perfect time to witness the magic of fall foliage in D.C. Head to the National Mall and stroll amidst the iconic monuments while being surrounded by golden and crimson leaves. The Lincoln Memorial and the Reflecting Pool never looked so stunning!

You can’t visit D.C. without delving into the incredible world of Smithsonian museums. The best part? Most of them are free!

As you explore the iconic monuments and memorials that define this city, channel your inner history buff.

From the solemnity of the Vietnam Veterans Memorial to the inspiring Washington Monument, you’ll be immersed in the stories of our nation’s past.

10. Chicago, Illinois

Chicago, the Windy City, is simply a delight to visit in October. As the autumn leaves turn vibrant hues of orange and red, the city becomes a spectacular canvas for photographers and nature enthusiasts alike.

The famous Millennium Park is a must-visit locale, home to the renowned Cloud Gate sculpture (better known as “The Bean”). This iconic attraction reflects the city’s stunning skyline, offering a unique photo opportunity.

Last but not least, October in Chicago means Halloween celebrations are in full swing. The city embraces the spooky season with haunted houses, pumpkin patches, and Halloween-themed events.

11. Sedona, Arizona

Sedona, Arizona, is a city of stunning natural beauty that becomes even more spectacular during the month of October. Known for its striking red rock formations, Sedona provides a breathtaking backdrop for a host of outdoor adventures.

One of the best ways to soak in the scenery is by hiking or mountain biking along the city’s extensive network of trails.

Favorites include the Cathedral Rock Trail and the Bell Rock Pathway, both of which offer panoramic views of Sedona’s red rock country.

Take in the stunning landscape of red rocks as you explore one of the most beautiful cities in the Southwest United States.

12. Austin, Texas

Austin, Texas, is known as the “Live Music Capital of the World,” and it certainly lives up to its name. This vibrant city is a hub for all things music, with more live music venues per capita than anywhere else in the nation.

October is a prime time to enjoy what Austin has to offer musically, with the city playing host to the famous Austin City Limits Music Festival , a two-weekend event that attracts music lovers from around the globe.

Food enthusiasts will also find plenty to love about Austin. The city is famous for its food trucks, with over 1,000 mobile food vendors offering everything from gourmet donuts to vegan soul food.

13. Charleston, South Carolina

Charleston, South Carolina, is a gem of the South, whose charm is amplified during the month of October.

As the sweltering summer heat subsides, the city’s cobblestone streets, pastel antebellum houses, and historic landmarks become even more enjoyable to explore.

The city’s rich history is evident in the well-preserved architecture and historic plantations, which offer a glimpse into the Old South.

Take a leisurely stroll through the historic district of downtown or take a romantic carriage ride for a unique experience.

14. Miami, Florida

Take advantage of warm temperatures and sunny skies with a visit to one of South Florida’s most popular cities.

Miami, Florida, is a vibrant and multicultural city that truly comes alive in October. As temperatures dip slightly, creating the perfect beach weather, Miami’s famous white-sand beaches become ideal for sunbathing or ocean swimming.

South Beach, known for its colorful art deco buildings and bustling nightlife, is a must-visit.

The city’s food scene is as diverse as its population, with a fantastic array of international cuisines on offer. Savor delicious Cuban dishes in Little Havana or try fresh seafood in waterfront restaurants. In October, the city hosts the Miami Spice Restaurant Months, an event where many local eateries offer their best dishes at reduced prices.

15. New Orleans, Louisiana

New Orleans, Louisiana, renowned for its vibrant live-music scene and unique blend of cultural influences, glows even brighter in October, making it one of the best places to visit.

The city is a feast for the senses, from the wafting scent of Creole and Cajun cuisines to the dulcet tones of street-side jazz musicians.

The French Quarter, the city’s historic heart, is famous for Bourbon Street’s raucous nightlife, the elegant French Market, and iconic Jackson Square.

A visit to the local eateries is a must, where you can savor beignets from Café du Monde or po-boys, a classic Louisiana sandwich.

16. Yellowstone National Park

Yellowstone National Park, America’s first national park, is a natural wonder that comes alive in October.

Located primarily in Wyoming, the park spans over 2.2 million acres, providing visitors with a vast playground of geothermal features, diverse wildlife, and stunning landscapes.

The park is famous for its geysers, with Old Faithful being the most renowned. This impressive geyser erupts approximately every 90 minutes, shooting hot water up to heights of 130-140 feet.

You might spot grizzly bears, wolves, herds of bison and elk, and even bald eagles. The Lamar Valley is often termed as the “Serengeti of North America” because of its abundant wildlife.

17. Asheville, North Carolina

Asheville, North Carolina, nestled in the Blue Ridge Mountains, is a city that seamlessly blends outdoor adventure with artsy sophistication. In October, the city becomes an autumnal paradise, with the surrounding mountains adorned in red, orange, and gold hues.

Asheville’s food scene rivals that of much larger cities, with a focus on farm-to-table fare. Numerous restaurants, breweries , and food trucks serve everything from gourmet donuts to mouth-watering barbecue.

Asheville is also known as the craft beer capital of the Southeast, boasting more breweries per capita than any other U.S. city.

Asheville’s surrounding nature provides endless opportunities for outdoor activities. Whether it’s hiking in the Blue Ridge Mountains , driving along the scenic Blue Ridge Parkway, or exploring the Pisgah National Forest, the city is a haven for nature lovers.

18. Hudson Valley, New York

Hudson Valley, a region in New York State stretching along the Hudson River from Westchester County to Albany, is a charming destination renowned for its vineyards, orchards, and scenic beauty, especially during October when fall foliage is at its peak.

The region is home to several state parks, including Bear Mountain State Park and Hudson Highlands State Park, where hiking, biking, or simply taking in the breathtaking views of the Hudson River and surrounding foliage are popular activities.

No visit to the Hudson Valley is complete without experiencing the Great Jack O’Lantern Blaze, a dazzling display of thousands of hand-carved, illuminated pumpkins arranged in spectacular installations.

19. Seattle, Washington

Seattle, Washington, situated between Puget Sound and Lake Washington, is a city known for its dynamic blend of natural beauty and inventive urbanity. As October rolls in, the city takes on an unmistakable charm with the onset of fall.

A visit to Seattle is incomplete without a stop at the Space Needle. This iconic structure offers panoramic views of the city skyline, the surrounding mountains, and the waters of Puget Sound.

Then, there’s Pike Place Market, Seattle’s original farmers’ market, brimming with fresh produce, seafood, and specialty foods. It’s also the home of the first-ever Starbucks store, adding a touch of coffee history to your visit.

Seattle’s music scene is legendary, giving birth to grunge music and artists like Jimi Hendrix, Pearl Jam, and Nirvana.

20. Rocky Mountain National Park, Colorado

Experience the majesty of the great outdoors in Rocky Mountain National Park, Colorado.

Known for its stunning landscapes, this national park is breathtaking in October, when the aspen trees turn a vibrant gold, strikingly contrasting the evergreen pines and the stark mountain peaks.

The park spans over 415 square miles of varied terrain, encompassing mountain ranges, forests, tundra, and numerous lakes.

The Trail Ridge Road, the highest paved road in the U.S., offers panoramic views of the entire park and is an absolute must-visit.

For wildlife enthusiasts, Rocky Mountain National Park is home to diverse fauna, including elk, bighorn sheep, black bears, and mule deer. Birdwatchers can delight in spotting over 280 documented species of birds.

21. New York City, New York

New York City, often called New York, is one of the world’s most vibrant and culturally diverse cities.

Start with a leisurely walk in Central Park, the city’s “green lung.” Here, you can marvel at the stunning fall foliage, get lost in the Ramble, or visit the Central Park Zoo.

A stroll through the park in October is nothing short of a magical experience with the trees ablaze in autumn colors.

The city is also renowned for its museums, which are some of the finest in the world. The Metropolitan Museum of Art, the Museum of Modern Art, and the Guggenheim Museum house extraordinary collections that span centuries and continents.

22. San Antonio, Texas

San Antonio, Texas, is a city steeped in history and bursting with vibrant culture. As the autumn leaves start to fall in October, the city presents a stunning spectacle, making it an excellent time for visitors.

One of the city’s highlights is the San Antonio River Walk. This network of walkways along the banks of the San Antonio River is lined with bars, shops, restaurants, and public art, offering a unique way to experience the city.

As you stroll along the River Walk, you’ll be captivated by the picturesque scenes of the river, the colorful umbrellas of the outdoor patios, and the beautiful, old cypress trees adorned with twinkling lights.

Just off the River Walk is The Alamo, a historical Spanish mission and fortress compound symbolizing Texas’ struggle for independence from Mexico. It’s a must-visit for history buffs who want to learn about Texas’ past.

23. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, often referred to as “Philly,” is a city steeped in history and vibrant cultural offerings.

You can explore Independence Hall, the birthplace of the United States where the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution were signed.

Adjacent to it stands the iconic Liberty Bell, symbolizing freedom and justice.

24. Napa Valley, California

Napa Valley is synonymous with world-class wineries and breathtaking vineyard landscapes. As October rolls around, the valley is immersed in glorious fall colors, providing a picturesque backdrop to the golden vineyards, making it one of the best places to visit.

The crème de la crème of Napa Valley is undoubtedly its wineries. With over 400 wineries, each offering unique and exquisite wines, you can embark on an unforgettable wine-tasting journey. Some of the famous ones include the Robert Mondavi Winery, Opus One Winery, and Castello di Amorosa.

October is also the time for harvest, an exciting period in the winemaking process. Many wineries offer tours that allow you to understand the process from grape to glass, offering an enriching and educational experience.

But Napa Valley is not just about wine. The culinary scene here is equally impressive. With a range of Michelin-starred restaurants to charming roadside eateries, you can indulge in a variety of gastronomic delights.

The valley offers a network of hiking and biking trails for outdoor enthusiasts, each unveiling a unique view of the rolling vineyards and fall foliage. The Napa Valley Vine Trail stretches from Vallejo’s Ferry Terminal to the foot of Mount St. Helena and offers a perfect opportunity for a leisurely bike ride or walk.

25. Salem, Massachusetts

Delve deeper into the bewitching allure of Salem, Massachusetts, especially in October, a month steeped in the city’s infamous history of the Salem witch trials.

The town pulls out all the stops for its annual Salem Witch Trials-themed “Haunted Happenings” festival, transforming into a hotbed of Halloween activities.

The festival includes a grand parade, film nights, ghost tours, haunted houses, psychic fairs, and costume balls that attract tourists worldwide. For a touch of the macabre, head over to the Salem Witch Trials Memorial, a sobering tribute to the witch hunt victims that shook the town in 1692.

Don’t miss the opportunity to visit the Salem Witch Museum and the Witch House (the former home of a trial judge), both of which provide immersive insights into the witch trials.

26. San Diego, California

San Diego, often referred to as “America’s Finest City,” is a sun-soaked coastal city in Southern California known for its beautiful beaches, vibrant nightlife, and a rich tapestry of history and culture.

The city’s temperate climate and consistent sunshine make it an ideal destination for outdoor activities all year round, but October brings a special charm with comfortably warm days and cooler nights.

One of the city’s iconic destinations is Balboa Park, a 1,200-acre urban cultural park that boasts an array of museums, several theaters, and the world-renowned San Diego Zoo.

Spend a day exploring the park’s Spanish-Renaissance architecture, beautiful gardens, and fascinating exhibits catering to all ages and interests.

27. Dahlonega, Georgia

Nestled in the foothills of the Blue Ridge Mountains, Dahlonega, Georgia, is renowned for its breathtaking scenery, rich history, and Southern charm.

Known as the heart of Georgia’s wine country, Dahlonega boasts a plethora of family-owned vineyards and wineries that take full advantage of the region’s perfect grape-growing conditions.

If you love wine, you’ll really enjoy Wolf Mountain Vineyards, Three Sisters Vineyards, and Frogtown Cellars.

October in Dahlonega is truly magical, with vibrant fall foliage painting the surroundings in red, orange, and yellow hues.

28. Boston, Massachusetts

Boston, Massachusetts, is a city that beautifully blends the old and new, a hub of innovation steeped in rich history.

Explore iconic attractions like Beacon Hill and Fenway Park while enjoying some of America’s best seafood. Enjoy a lobster roll from one of its many seafood restaurants or take a relaxing stroll along the river.

The city’s Freedom Trail is a must-visit, a 2.5-mile-long path that passes by 16 locations significant to the history of the United States. Guided tours offer fascinating insights about the American Revolution and its heroes.

29. Newport, Rhode Island

Newport, an enchanting coastal city, is a true gem to visit in October.

The cool autumn air is perfect for exploring the city’s famous Cliff Walk, a 3.5-mile path that borders the historic Newport Mansions’ back lawn and the Atlantic Ocean’s crashing waves.

Experience coastal charm, historic mansions, and scenic drives. Enjoy a leisurely walk along its beaches and visit the charming stores of Thames Street.

As October nights can be quite chilly, consider ending your day with a cozy meal at one of Newport’s many excellent seafront restaurants, enjoying the city’s famous seafood while gazing out over the harbor.

30. Traverse City, Michigan

Traverse City, Michigan, is undoubtedly a top pick for October visits. Known as the “Cherry Capital of the World”, this charming town offers much more than just cherries.

While Traverse City is renowned for its wine, with over 40 wineries in the surrounding area, it also boasts an impressive culinary scene that foodies will love.

The city’s downtown area is home to unique boutiques, art galleries, and various eateries within walking distance.

31. Bar Harbor, Maine

In Bar Harbor, Maine, you’ll experience a true New England charm that perfectly marries a quaint small-town atmosphere with the sprawling natural beauty of its surroundings.

Often regarded as the gateway to Acadia National Park, Bar Harbor is the ideal destination for nature lovers, offering countless opportunities for hiking, bird watching, and photography.

October ushers in vibrant fall foliage that transforms the landscape into a riot of color, making it one of the best places to visit during this month.

Embark on a scenic drive along the 27-mile-long Park Loop Road, boasting spectacular vistas over the rugged coastline, dense forests, and panoramic mountain peaks.

32. O‘ahu, Hawaii

Known as “The Gathering Place”, O‘ahu is the heart and soul of Hawaii, offering a unique blend of city life and island beauty. October is a fantastic time to visit, as the tropical paradise offers warm weather and fewer crowds.

In Oahu, Waikiki Beach is a must-see, famous for its long rolling surf, endless sunshine, and iconic Diamond Head backdrop.

The vibrant neighborhood surrounding the beach is packed with world-class shopping, dining, and entertainment, ensuring never dull moments.

Hike the Manoa Falls Trail, where a lush rainforest leads you to a stunning 150-foot waterfall. Or head to the North Shore to witness some of the world’s best surfers tackling phenomenal waves.

33. Siesta Key, Florida

Known for its powder-white quartz sand beaches that stay cool underfoot, Siesta Key Beach has been ranked among the best beaches in the U.S.

The island offers the perfect escape from cooler weather in October with its balmy temperatures and warm gulf waters.

The island’s vibrant Village district is home to quaint shops, restaurants, and lively nightspots, providing an enjoyable contrast to the serene beach environment.

As the day draws to a close, Siesta Key’s west-facing position treats visitors to dramatic sunsets, best enjoyed with a leisurely beach stroll.

34. Aspen, Colorado

With its blend of natural beauty, cultural richness, and recreational possibilities, Aspen definitely stands out as one of the best places to visit in October.

The Maroon Bells, often referred to as the most photographed peaks in North America, offer breathtaking views and photo opportunities.

If you’re a fan of winter sports, Aspen’s world-class ski resorts open in late October, offering early access to some of the country’s best skiing and snowboarding trails.

As the autumn leaves fall and the air turns crisp, there’s no better way to end the day than by relaxing in one of Aspen’s luxurious spas or by a roaring fire in a rustic mountain lodge.

35. Gulf Shores, Alabama

Gulf Shores, Alabama, is a charming coastal city known for its long stretches of pristine sandy beaches and inviting southern hospitality.

The city’s main attraction is its stunning beach, which offers a variety of water sports, from swimming and surfing to fishing and boating.

For a dose of local culture, visit the Wharf at Orange Beach, a large outdoor shopping center with a marina, movie theaters, and a range of restaurants and shops.

As the day ends, nothing beats the pleasure of watching the sunset over the Gulf of Mexico, with orange, pink, and red hues painting the sky.

Bottom Line

Now that you’ve explored this list of the best places to visit in October, which destinations will you be adding to your bucket list? With so many destinations to explore, an October road trip is sure to be an adventure that you’ll remember for years to come.

For more travel destinations , check out these posts!

• 17 Best Places to Visit this April in the USA
• 30 Best Places to Visit in September in the USA

Similar Posts

15 Fun Things to do in Chattanooga

Things to do in Cuyahoga Valley National Park

15 Amazing Blue Ridge Sunrise Spots with Mountain Views

15 Beautiful Places to Visit in Michigan: Top Destinations for Every Traveler

20 Best Places to Eat in Chattanooga for Foodies and Travel Enthusiasts

12 Amazing Breweries West of Asheville, North Carolina

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

26 Absolute Best (and Underrated) Fall Drives in the US You’ve Gotta See to Believe

Posted on Published: June 19, 2023  - Last updated: December 12, 2023

There’s truly not a bad time to take a road trip in the United States, but fall drives are absolutely magical. From the winding mountain roads along the Blue Ridge Parkway engulfed in vibrant reds and oranges to tranquil coastal highways lined with golden foliage, this is the ultimate list of the best fall road trips to take in the US!

This post may contain affiliate links. For more info, see my  disclosures .

Bright yellow Aspen Trees surrounded by stunning mountains in Colorado. Picturesque coastal views along the North Shore in Minnesota. Classic, vivid foliage on. the best fall road trips in New England. There’s simply so many places to see in the USA for the best fall foliage in September and October!

This list covers coast to coast and a bunch of amazing routes in between. From scenic drives in the country’s most popular national parks to hidden gems with far fewer tourists, these are some of the most amazing fall foliage road trips you’ll ever see .

Must-see video: scenic fall drives in the USA

Best driving routes for fall foliage map

Although the East Coast is known for the best fall drives, there are many epic fall road trips all over the United States to add to your bucket list! Each pin on this map marks a stop on one of the very best driving routes to for fall foliage .

Use this map and the details below to help you decide where to road trip this fall!

Fall road trip essentials: what to pack

Whether you’re hitting the best scenic drives Colorado or the highly popular New England, you’ll want to have a few things to help make the most of your trip!

• Food and snacks.  Whether you’re planning a weekend getaway or a longer adventure, you’ll want to be prepared with food. Bring some healthy snacks for road trips or pre-made foods for the road. Oh, and don’t forget to pack a  reusable water bottle !
• Collapsible cooler.  Drinks and pre-made foods will need to be kept cold while on your fall road trip. I like this  collapsible cooler  because it folds down for storage, and keeps food and drinks cold when you need it.
• Extra layers.  Dress for the season, and keep in mind where the weather can change dramatically very quickly in higher elevations. Take a  rain jacket and  medium coat  or heavier depending on which scenic route you choose.
• GoPro  for capturing photos and videos.  A phone camera can be sufficient, but you could also level up your photos. I got this GoPro and started recording  epic road trips , snorkeling with sea turtles and so much more. This is the  GoPro I use  and it works perfect for road trips!
• Kids road trip activities.  If you’re traveling with kids of any age, make sure to bring games, snacks and activities to keep the boredom to a minimum. My family travels with  Fire tablets , loaded with games for our kids.
• Mineral sunblock.  Wear sunscreen when you’re venturing out of the vehicle to protect your skin – yes, even during the fall. Mineral sunblock is better for the earth’s waterways, too.
• Hiking gear.  It always feels good to stretch your legs during a road trip, and many of these scenic fall drives include a hike! Pack comfortable  hiking shoes with traction ,  trekking poles  (always helpful) and a  hiking backpack  to carry water, food and any other items you need while hiking.

Just a quick note that I haven’t been everywhere (yet) so I’ve asked some of my fellow travel writers to help out with this list. Enjoy!

Best fall drives in the United States

Gah! Are you ready to plan a scenic fall foliage road trip, full of beautiful red, orange and yellow vegetation? Timing it right can be a bit tricky, so check out the recommendations on each scenic route below.

Let’s dive in!

1. Eastern Sierra fall road trip, California

• Distance:  300 miles
• Recommended time:  3-5 days
• Best time to see fall colors:  October

For a full fall foliage road trip in the Eastern Sierra, take the scenic route from Bakersfield along Highway 178 through Kern Valley then north on US-395 all the way to Yosemite Valley . The peaks of the Sierras make a perfect backdrop for the color-changing cottonwoods and aspens in the area.

From Bakersfield, head east on 178 and make a quick pit stop at Lake Isabella near Kernville for your first view of the foliage.

It’s only going to get better on this road trip, so continue on until you hit US-395 and then head north toward Lone Pine. Here you should set up camp and spend the night in the stunning Alabama Hills with Mount Whitney in the distance.

Continue your search for color about an hour drive north to Bishop. It’s definitely worth taking a slight detour to explore Bishop Creek Canyon, with plenty of foliage along the rushing water and an alpine lake surrounded by gorgeous willows and aspens.

Next make your way to June Lake, just past the town of Mammoth. Take a 16-mile drive around June Lake Loop for truly spectacular views of golden aspens against the clear blue water of several lakes.

Finally, turn toward Yosemite National Park where you’ll want to spend at least a few days. Take on some of the  best hikes in Yosemite  for a splash of color against the evergreen trees and soaring granite walls.

Recommended by Allison of She Dreams of Alpine

2. Skyline Drive, Shenandoah National Park

• Distance:  280 miles round trip
• Recommended time:  2-4 days
• Best time to see fall colors:  Mid-Late October (but keep an eye on color forecasts)

Visiting Shenandoah National Park and the  Skyline Drive in autumn  is one of the most magical places on the east coast to see fall colors. If you catch it right, the trees will be an array of colors spanning from gold to a deep red . Its beauty blew me away. 

For this road trip, we’ll be starting from Richmond, VA. Head west for about 90 minutes until you reach Massanuttan or Harrisonburg. There should be ample hotels, lodging, and camping available in the area. 

From here, you’ll be 15 minutes from the Skyline Drive, a beautiful scenic drive that cuts through the heart of Shenandoah National Park . This fall drive provides almost unlimited hiking and sightseeing potential. 

The Skyline Drive runs predominately north and south through the park. I found the hikes were better on the north half of the park (highway 33 cuts it in half), but the southern portion had some really lovely viewpoints that you will want to take advantage of. 

As you are a hiker, I recommended checking out the trails to Hawkbill Summit, Whiteoak Canyon, and Old Man Rag . All differed in length and difficulty, but each one led to unique and beautiful views!

As for viewpoints, you’ll have more than you can possibly know what to do with. Some of my favorites included The Oaks Overlook, Rockytop Overlook, and the Big Run Overlook. But, I can assure you that no matter where you stop, you will be left speechless!

Recommended by Alec of Explore with Alec

3. The Cascade Loop, Washington (one of the top scenic fall drives)

• Distance: 440 miles
• Recommended time: 7 days (or more!)
• Best time to see fall colors: The best time to see the fall colors is mid-September through early October. After that, you risk having part of the route be covered with snow!

The Cascade Loop starts and ends in the city of Everett , about 30 miles north of Seattle, Washington. Most folks drive the loop counter-clockwise, as some of the views, especially of the Cascade Mountains, are a bit more spectacular if you head in that direction.

There’s so much to see along this scenic fall drive. From Everett, you’ll drive east to the quirky town of Leavenworth, nestled in the Cascade Mountains.

All of the buildings in its downtown are built in Bavarian-style—it looks like it should be in the Sound of Music! If you’re visiting towards the end of September or early October, you can also partake in the town’s Oktoberfest festivities.

From here, you’ll head north to another unique town, Winthrop. This small town, which originally was an 1800s gold rush town, has lots of Wild Western vibes, with antique wooden boardwalks and buildings with Western facades. Don’t miss the nearby Methow Valley Cidery, for some hard cider out of locally grown apples. 

You’ll continue west along the North Cascades Highway , where the scenery and the foliage will get even more stunning. The slopes of the dramatic mountains will be covered with shrubs and wildflowers, aflame in autumnal colors, like gold, scarlet, and burnt orange.

If you’re looking to really take in the best fall foliage of Washington, hit up some of the trails in the seriously underrated North Cascades National Park, like the  Cutthroat Pass Trail . Here, you’ll walk through countless groves of larches, a special kind of coniferous tree whose needles turn a brilliant shade of gold before falling off every winter. 

Your trip will end by looping down along the coastline of Salish Sea. As you make your way along the coastline, keep your eyes peeled— October is usually the last month of the year that’s great for spotting orcas here!

Recommended by Jessica of Uprooted Traveler

4. Kebler Pass, Colorado

• Distance: 30 miles (one way)
• Recommended time: 2 hours
• Best time to see fall colors: Late September-Early October 

If you’re looking for a quintessential Colorado fall colors road trip, then make your way to Highway 133 outside of Carbondale and head west to Kebler Pass.

The drive over Kebler Pass is 30 miles long and ends in the picturesque mountain town of Crested Butte. While it’s a dirt road, it is well maintained and accessible by all vehicles during the fall , including low-clearance passenger cars.

Kebler Pass is often touted as the best scenic drive to see fall colors in Colorado because it winds its way through the largest aspen grove in the state.

When fall colors are at their peak, typically between late September and early October , you’ll find yourself immersed in a golden wonderland of aspens with scenic views of the West Elk mountains to make the experience even more enchanting.

To experience the fall colors along Kebler Pass up close, park at Horse Ranch Park and hike the Dark Canyon, Irwin, and Dyke Trail loop. The trail is 6 miles long with 1,500 ft. of elevation gain, so come prepared to get your heart pumping.

Your efforts will be well rewarded with sweeping views of the aspens and Marcellina Mountain. Please remember to practice Leave No Trace and pack out all trash on the trail! After your drive stop at the Secret Stash for the best pizza in Crested Butte.

Recommended by Kate of Kate Outdoors

5. New York City to Catskills

• Distance: 125 Miles
• Recommended time: Long Weekend
• Best time to see fall colors: Mid to Late October

Fall is one of the best times to visit New York. As the leaves start to change and the weather cools, there is so much to see and do. 

A fall road trip from NYC to the Catskills is a perfect way to see so much of this incredible state in the fall. Experience stunning views of the changing leaves and picturesque small towns along the way.

Starting from New York City , head north on I-87, also known as the Adirondack Northway. The first stop is Sleepy Hollow, known for its spooky reputation and stunning fall foliage.

Explore the village’s historic landmarks and charming streets before continuing on to Tarrytown, where you can hike at Rockwood State Park for views of the Hudson River. If you are up for something festive, check out the Great Pumpkin Blaze.

As you continue to make your way north check out some of the towns along the way.  Bear Mountain State Park has tons of great hiking . You will find some incredible views of fall foliage and unique hikes where you can also see the New York City Skyline amongst the breathtaking scenery. 

Next head to Woodstock, famous for its art scene and bohemian culture. Enjoy the unique shops and cafes, and take a stroll through Overlook Mountain Trail, which offers panoramic views of the vibrant autumn foliage.

The final destination is the Catskills region, known for its picturesque landscapes, charming towns, and outdoor recreation. Take a scenic drive along Route 28, stopping in the town of Phoenicia for a bite to eat at the Phoenicia diner and a visit to the local art galleries. 

While here enjoy plenty of hiking or head to Hunter Mountain where they offer tons of activities to enjoy.

The fall foliage road trip from New York City to the Catskills is a perfect way to soak in the beauty of autumn while exploring charming towns and taking in breathtaking views.

Recommended by Julie of Family Trips and Travels

6. Minneapolis to Chicago (a fun city to city fall road trips)

• Distance: 459 miles
• Recommended time: 2-5 days
• Best time to see fall colors: late September through mid October

One of the best fall drives in the USA to see vivid colors while finding some adventure is a fun road trip from Minneapolis to Chicago. You’ll drive through the upper Midwest, including Minnesota, Wisconsin and Illinois, which are all beautiful this time of year.

If you can, spend a day in Minneapolis seeing nature and soaking in the sights and activities in town. Visit Minnehaha Falls and the Minneapolis Sculpture Garden, two of the best free things to do in the city. If you’re up for some shopping, of course you’ll find the Mall of America to have what you need!

From there, you’ll head northeast to Interstate State Park. Straddling the St. Croix River and the Minneapolis-Wisconsin state line, this park is absolutely stunning the fall. Grab your hiking shoes and hike the River Bluff Trail, one of the best places to see fall foliage!

Heading further into Wisconsin, visit the charming town of Eau Claire, where you can explore the largest Sculpture Tour in the nation. Next up is Wisconsin Dells, which is ‘The Waterpark Capital of the World’ and a great spot for an overnight stay if you’re traveling with kids.

The end of this scenic fall drive is in the great city of Chicago, which is home to amazing fall foliage in October. Be sure to visit the Bean, Millennium Park and the Navy Pier if it’s your first time to the city. You’ll also find beautiful fall colors along the River Walk in downtown Chicago.

One of the best driving route for fall foliage in the Midwest, this road trip from Minneapolis to Chicago is a fun adventure. You can spend a long weekend doing this fall road trip, or extend it into a week visiting the cities and small towns in between.

Recommended by me – Nikki of Inspired Routes

Epic fall drives continued…

There are so many scenic fall drives in the United States that we could never fit them all on one list. But, we will do our best! Here are more of the best driving routes for fall foliage!

7. Alpine Loop Scenic Byway, Utah (a great fall foliage road trip if you’re short on time)

• Distance: ~20 miles
• Best time to see fall colors: super late September to early October

Craving a scenic drive where you can witness an explosion of color? Check out the famous Alpine Loop Scenic Byway in Northern Utah .

The Alpine Loop is about a 20 mile stretch of highway that connects American Fork Canyon and Provo Canyon in Utah County, and is a favorite fall drive destination amongst locals and visitors alike.

This is probably THE most popular scenic fall drive to experience the rainbow blanket of colors that wraps up the Wasatch mountain range, with the best direction to drive starting from the mouth of American Fork Canyon.

The drive is free if you plan to stay in your car and enjoy the views. However, if you want to walk amongst the brilliant shades of golden quaking aspens or get lost in the red and orange hues of the maples and pines, you can pay $6 at the ranger station for a 3-day pass.

There are several hikes you can explore in the area including the Timpanogos Cave and Cascade Springs, or stroll around Robert Redford’s Sundance Resort.

Whatever your plan of attack might be, you are guaranteed to have a splendid view of the mountains decked out in their fall colors. Easy switchbacks, numerous pull-outs, and frequent wildlife sightings will make sure your drive is nothing less than spectacular. Don’t forget to bring your camera!

And if you love Utah, check out the stunning scenic byways along the route of this Utah national parks road trip !

Recommended by Rachelle of Adventure is Never Far Away

8. Going-to-the-Sun Road, Glacier National Park

• Distance: 49.71 miles
• Recommended time: 4-5 hours
• The Best time to see fall colors: Mid-September

Looking for one of the best fall road trips in the USA? If so then you can’t beat the drive along the Going-to-the-Sun Road through Glacier National Park. 

See, this incredibly scenic route starts in West Glacier Village, right near the western entrance tp Glacier National Park. This route then climbs along the Continental Divide and finishes in St. Mary, Montana.

Fondly referred to as “Crown of the Continent”, if you visit this road at the right time you’ll be able to see the leaves on local Aspens turn a golden yellow hue. 

Just be aware that because this road reaches an elevation of 6,646 feet at Logan Pass, this route is only open from late June through October and a timed entry permit is required between 6:00am and 3:00pm during the summer months. The Going-to-the-Sun Road is closed during winter in Glacier National Park . 

You’ll also want to drive from west to east since many of the most idyliic overlooks sit on the southern end of the road, near the valley.

So, once you start the drive be sure to stop at the Apgar Visitor Center so to take in impressive views of Lake McDonald from Lake McDonald Beach. 

Next, pass by Lake McDonald before hitting McDonald Falls and getting out to enjoy the viewing platform here. 

You’ll then see Sacred Dancing Cascades and can do both the Trail of the Cedars and Avalanche Lake Trail, two of the best easy trails in Glacier National Park before passing Bird Woman Falls and then Haystack Falls. 

Continue to Oberlin Bend Overlook so that you can admire Mount Oberlin in the distance before stopping at Jackson Glacier Overlook. J ust be sure to bring some binoculars since the glacier is quite far away. 

Once you’ve finished your journey, spend the night at iconic local hotels like the Apgar Village Lodge, the Lake McDonald Lodge, or the Apgar Village Inn.

This route is so incredible, it easily fits on the list of the best road trips USA , too!

Recommended by Jamie of Photo Jeepers

9. Blue Ridge Parkway (one of the most popular fall drives in the US)

• Distance: 489 miles
• Recommended Time: 4-7 days
• Best Time to See Fall Colors: Early October

One of the best road trips in October to take if you want to see incredible fall colors in the USA is the Blue Ridge Parkway . This amazing road trip starts in Northern Virginia, near Charlottesville, and extends down to North Carolina , right by Asheville.

So, begin your journey in Northern Virginia and make a stop at milepost 6 so that you can check out the views and trails all around the Humpback Gap. In fact, you can even complete a section of the Appalachian Trail before continuing to Natural Bridge State Park. 

Be sure to stop for a hike and check out the natural stone arch before passing through Roanoke and finally spending the night in Floyd, Virginia.

Next, wake up and see the historic Mabry Mill at milepost 176. I t’s a historic water mill from the 1900s that is definitely worth a look.  However, don’t leave without ordering some delicious blueberry pancakes before continuing to Galax. 

Next, visit the Blueridge Music Center and enjoy a cultural performance before exploring the town of West Jefferson. 

You’ll want to spend the night in Boone before stopping at Moses Cone Manor . It’s located at Milepost 294.1 and is a historic home with sweeping panoramas of the area. 

Drive past Blowing Rock and continue to Linn Cove Viaduct at milepost 304.4. You’ll then visit Grandfather Mountain and take a break at Rough Ridge Overlook before hiking to Linville Falls at Milepost 316.4.

Finally, take some time to walk through the exposed rocks at Craggy Gardens before ending your trip in Asheville, North Carolina and spending the night at the Grand Bohemian Hotel.

Recommended by Victoria of Southern Trippers

And if you’re on the east coast, be sure to check out the Myrtle Beach in fall , a coastal gem and underrated fall destination!

10. Seattle to Olympic National Park

• Distance: 400 miles
• Recommended time: Driving time 7.5 hours. (2+ days recommended)
• Best time to see fall colors: Late September through Early November

A drive through Seattle’s western peninsula in the fall is an otherworldly travel experience. While it may not boast the classic charm and crisp colors of a New England fall drive, the Pacific Northwest offers fall travelers a different flavor of road trip experience.

Unique fall weather patterns on the Pacific coast of Washington create a moody grey fog that cloaks evergreen-covered hillsides in the iconic gradient of rolling grey-green hillsides. As fall turns to winter, an unusual variety of trees- called Golden Larches, turn fiery orange- appearing seemingly overnight on green hillsides like columns of fire.

Autumn travelers to the Olympic Rainforest also enjoy frequent elk sightings. There are few travel experiences more memorable to this travel blogger than hearing elk mating calls while on a foggy fall hike and then, emerging from the forest, and encountering an entire herd of elk grazing in a meadow.

Although many will start a road trip to Washington’s Pacific coast by driving around the Puget Sound through the city of Tacoma, I recommended the scenic route.

To avoid interstates and enjoy more country roads, take a  ferry from downtown Seattle  to Bainbridge Island, then Union Washington, Quanlault Rainforest, Ruby Beach , and then return with a drive through the tourist-friendly towns of Forks and Port Angeles before returning to Seattle by ferry.

Following the edges of the Olympic National Park, this fall drive offers many opportunities for excursions into remote parts of the park or shorter strolls down accessible trails with interpretive signage.

With a number of incredible spas and lodges tucked into the woods in this region, travelers can enjoy camping or luxury accommodations along the way. Kalaloch Lodge, Quinalt Lodge , and Alderbrook Resort and Spa are all excellent choices that balance comfortable accommodations with PNW wildness.

Recommended by Lynli of Wander Big

11. San Francisco to Napa Valley and Sonoma Valley (a wine-lovers dream fall road trip)

• Distance: 184 miles
• Recommended time: 4 days
• Best time to see fall colors : Mid October to early November is usually peak

For a fabulous foliage peeping road trip in California, consider Napa and Sonoma! The two premier wine regions in the state put on a wonderful show of color from early October until late November.

You’ll see not just native and planted trees ablaze with color in the little towns, the vineyards also dress up in hues of autumn, from yellow to orange, red, and burgundy.

Start your road trip in San Francisco and zip north to the town of Sonoma , where you can stroll then plaza and sample a fall menu at one of the restaurants before spending a couple of hours visiting vineyards in the area.

Then drive north to Healdsburg, stopping enroute at the Sonoma Botanical Garden to observe the fall color.

Healdsburg is renowned for its wineries. Tour vineyards along Dry Creek Road, and dine at some of the famous eateries in town . Make reservations well ahead of your visit, especially if you want to dine at one of the top fine dining places in town.

Stay at the Hotel Healdsburg in the heart of downtown Healdsburg.

The next morning cut across to Calistoga, at the north end of Napa Valley, and work your way down along the Silverado Trail. Here, you will see vistas of vineyards draped in color.

T here are numerous wineries along the way you can visit. Have lunch in charming Saint Helena or upscale Yountville, where the main street puts on a dazzling fall show.

Spend the night in the city of Napa, where you can enjoy the art installations and stores in downtown Napa, which is also perfect for wine tasting and dinner.

The next morning, take a hot air balloon ride to see the fall color from above before enjoying a leisurely brunch . Ballooning over the vineyards is one of the most thrilling  things to do in Napa Valley ! Afterwards, make your way back to San Francisco, or catch up on the route with this San Francisco to San Diego road trip .

Recommended by Dhara of Roadtripping California

12. Las Vegas to the Grand Canyon (one of the most underrated fall drives on this list)

• Distance: 280 miles
• Recommended time: One week
• Best time to see fall colors : Mid October-Mid November

A fall road trip from Las Vegas to the  Grand Canyon  South Rim is one of the best ways to experience the changing seasons. The bright white bark on the aspens in Kaibab National Forest is a stunning contrast to the red, yellow, and orange leaves on their branches.

The journey offers awe-inspiring scenic roads, amazing geological formations, and historical landmarks. To make the most of this scenic route, plan to drive through Kaibab National Forest in October. This is the best time to capture the breathtaking fall scenery and stop for scenic lookouts.

Other highlights of this road trip include passing through Joshua Tree Forest, admiring Hoover Dam from afar, driving down old Route 66, and visiting Hualapai Native American Tribe . While these aren’t necessarily fall color stops, they are still unique options to round out a fun one-week road trip from Las Vegas!

See also: best day trips from Las Vegas

After all these stops, you’ll arrive at your destination: Grand Canyon South Rim. If you can, stay at one of the hotels inside Grand Canyon National Park for a truly unforgettable experience.

Whether you’re looking for an adventure or want to take in nature’s beauty during autumn, a road trip from Las Vegas to Grand Canyon South Rim is an incredible way to view fall colors!

Recommended by Brodi of Our Offbeat Life

13. Door County, Wisconsin (an amazing fall foliage road trip in the Midwest)

• Distance: 44 miles from Sturgeon Bay, WI, to the Curvy Highway
• Recommended time:  A two or three-day weekend
• Best time to see fall colors: Second week in October

Looking for a fantastic fall drive in an under-the-radar Midwest location? Consider beautiful Door County, Wisconsin. 

And specifically, the northernmost and highly photographed section of its main thoroughfare – Highway 42, known as the Curvy Highway.

If you are unfamiliar with this area, Door County is a beautiful 2,000-square-mile peninsula , surrounded by the waters of Green Bay to its west and Lake Michigan to its north and east. 

Find it on Wisconsin’s thumb, a 45-minute drive northeast of the city of Green Bay.

Regionally, upper Midwesterners love Door County as a vacation destination due to its 300 miles of coastline, which includes several impressive beaches, 5 state parks, 19 county parks, and an unending number of activities. 

Although lovely to visit in the summer,  Door County truly shines in the fall  when the colors turn, and its coastal views, dotted with picturesque lighthouses, are all the more stunning. 

Door County’s estimated peak week of color is usually the second week in October, though this changes annually. Fortunately, Travel Wisconsin updates an  annual fall color report  to help visitors pinpoint the perfect time for a visit. 

Once there, if you aim to see fall colors along the famed curvy stretch of road, start your drive in Sturgeon Bay. From here, head north on Highway 42 for nearly 44 miles, taking a break to stop at state parks or pretty coastal towns along your way.

You will come to these impossible-to-miss curves shortly before the road ends a half-mile later at the Washington Island Ferry. 

Door County is also a big stop on one of the best Midwest road trips , Milwaukee to Wisconsin Dells.

Recommended by Janice of Gather and Go Travel

14. Peak to Peak Scenic Byway, Colorado

• Distance: 55 miles
• Recommended time: 3 days (the drive will take between 2 and 3 hours)
• Best time to see fall colors: 3rd of 4th week of September

Known for being Colorado’s oldest scenic byway since it was established in 1916, the Peak to Peak Scenic Byway is easily one of the best fall road trips to see fall colors in the USA  After all, this incredible stretch of road extends from Estes Park to Black Hawk and takes you past some of the most awe-inspiring natural areas in the country. It’s one of the best scenic drives Colorado ! This route includes places like Arapaho/Roosevelt National Forest, the Indian Peaks Wilderness Area, and Rocky Mountain National Park. And if you visit during September, then you’ll see Aspen Trees along the Continental Divide come alive with vibrant colors as you enjoy one of the best fall drives in Colorado. Now, you’ll start your journey just north of Estes Park. Because fall is elk mating season, you’ll want to spend a night or two in Estes Park to enjoy the Elk Fest , which is one of the best things to do in Estes Park . You’ll then start your drive and take CO-7 past the Twin Sisters and Lily Mountain. 

When you get to Allenspark, you can stop to visit both St. Catherine of Siena Chapel and Chapel on the Rock.

Afterward, hop on CO-72 and head to Nederland. Feel free to spend the night since you can grab coffee at New Moon Bakery in the morning before hiking to gorgeous alpine lakes like Lost Lake, King Lake, Woodland Lake and Diamond Lake. 

You’ll then continue on  CO-119 and e nd your journey in the town of Black Hawk where you can do a bit of gambling at popular casinos like Ameristar, Saratoga Casino Black Hawk, and more .

Recommended by Meg of Fox in the Forest

Best fall road trips New England

New England is famous for its breathtaking fall colors. Thousands upon thousands of tourists flock to these northeastern states to admire the views. Here are some of the best New England fall road trips! I mean…look at all these colors!

15. Northeast Kingdom, Vermont

• Distance: 110 mile loop
• Recommended time: 2 days
• Best time to see fall colors: Mid-September to early October

Vermont is famous for its autumn colors therefore a road trip through the  Northeast Kingdom  of the state is a breathtaking experience in the fall.

The Northeast Kingdom is a sparsely populated, heavily forested area of majestic mountains, quaint towns, and picturesque rivers and lakes in the extreme northeast corner of Vermont bordering Canada.

Start the road trip loop in Saint Johnsbury. It’s a charming New England town with cute shops, great restaurants and breweries, and nearby outdoor recreation.

Head toward the ski town of Burke and drive up the auto road to the summit of Burke Mountain for outstanding views of fall colors reaching all the way to Canada.

The next stop is at stunning Lake Willoughby, a glacial lake surrounded by mountains. Take the time to hike up Mt. Pisgah. The amazing views of foliage around the lake from ahigh is worth the 4-mile out and back hike.

Relax at one of the cabins at Pine Crest Motel and Cabins after a full day of exploring.

On the next morning, drive up to Newport located on the southern shore of glacial Lake Memphremagog. The fall colors reflected in the water can be seen from the lakefront restaurants.

Finish the loop back to Saint Johnsbury by exploring the back roads near spectacular Island Pond State Park. It will surely be one of the best driving routes for fall foliage in all of the United States.

Recommended by Karen of Outdoor Adventure Sampler

16. Boston to Acadia National Park (best driving route for fall foliage in New England!)

• Distance: 260 miles
• Recommended time: 4-7 days roundtrip
• Best time to see fall colors: Early October

One of the best fall trips to witness color-changing leaves along the New England coast is driving from Boston to Acadia National Park on Route 1. This route is filled with beautiful coastlines and vibrantly colored forests. 

Starting in Boston, one of the best family vacations with teens , and ending in Acadia, along the way are  many fanatics stops  to break up the drive and explore the northeast, including lighthouses, state parks, botanical gardens, swinging bridges, piers, and more.

If you’re looking for a place to take a break during your drive, consider Portland, Maine. It’s a fun are to explore the Maine covered bridges , not to mention it’s a paradise for food lovers and boasts some of the top breweries in New England. Don’t miss out on visiting Allagash Brewing, Eventide Oyster Co, The Holy Donut and Duckfat.

Once you’re back on Route 1, stop at Mount Battie for a fantastic view of the fall foliage as well as the cute town of Camden. You can hike 1.1 miles to the top or drive up and walk around.

With Acadia National Park being the final destination, you’ll be rewarded with breathtaking views of the rocky coastline and plenty of gorgeous foliage in early October. Hiking through the park’s trails or seeing the sunrise at Cadillac Mountain is a beautiful way to take in all of the colors!

Not only will you be seeing great foliage along the New England coast on this road trip, but you’ll also be eating and drinking very well along the way. This makes it one of the best fall road trips in the USA!

Recommended by Kelsea of Out of Office Mindset

17. Vermont’s Route 100

• Distance : 216 miles
• Recommended time: 4-5 Days
• Best time to see fall colors: Late September to Mid-October

As the crisp fall air arrives, plan an unforgettable autumn adventure along Vermont’s Route 100 , one of the most scenic fall drives in New England!

You’ll start in southern Vermont in Wilmington and end near the border of Canada, in Newport. Along the way, you can stay at cozy inns, savor local cuisine, and take side trips to see covered bridges, art galleries, and craft breweries that are scattered along the length of Route 100!

In Plymouth, Vermont, visit the President Calvin Coolidge State Historic Site to explore the preserved village, Coolidge’s childhood home, and Plymouth Cheese . Plan a stay afterward at the Trailside Inn, in Killington, nestled in the heart of the Green Mountains.

Further north, stop by the Original General Store in Pittsfield for lunch and gift shopping. Also, catch a breath of fresh air in Granville at the gorgeous Moss Glen Falls! In Warren, spend the night at the Pitcher Inn before you drive through the Mad River Valley where numerous eateries and shops await you.

In Waterbury, don’t forget to visit Ben and Jerry’s for the factory tour and a visit to the scoop shop ! It’s also a good idea to grab a hot cider and cider donuts at Cold Hollow Cider Mill.

Your trip is not complete without experiencing  Stowe, Vermont in fall ! Spend the night at the Green Mountain Inn to enjoy the area.

Then, head down the Mountain Rd. in the morning for the Stowe Gondola Skyride. It provides stunning aerial views of the fall landscape, and likely some of the best of your trip!

To avoid crowds, consider planning this road trip on weekdays. Pack warm layers and rain gear for unpredictable weather as well as a hat and a pair of gloves.

Recommended by Heather of This Noshtaglic Life

18. Franconia Notch Parkway, New Hampshire (one of the best places to see fall foliage)

• Distance: 17 miles
• Recommended time: 2 – 4 hours depending on what you choose to stop and do.
• Best time to see fall colors: First 2 weeks of October

The Franconia Notch Parkway in northern New Hampshire is a favorite for locals and tourists alike! This route offers stunning mountains, rivers, and more.

As you embark on this road trip, be ready to stop and walk around at the many stops along the way. The parkway is well known for its vibrant fall foliage making it the perfect autumn road trip.

Be sure to stop at the Flume Gorge at the beginning of the route. This is a natural narrow gorge that is about a 2 mile hike to get to . You’ll be blown away by the towering granite walls, cascading waterfalls, and dense forest surroundings.

Another must-see leaf peeping spot is Artists Bluff. This is a fairly short hike that rewards you with panoramic views of Echo Lake and the surrounding mountains. 

If hiking in the woods isn’t really your thing, you could take the Cannon Mountain Aerial Tramway. The tram ride takes you to the summit of Cannon Mountain, offering jaw dropping views of the White Mountains. It is always a beautiful sight, but even more so in the fall.

The best time to take this road trip is during the fall season, typically from late September to mid-October. This period offers the most vibrant and colorful foliage, transforming the landscapes into a kaleidoscope of reds, oranges, and yellows.

A drive through the Franconia Notch Parkway in the fall will be an unforgettable experience. 

Recommended by Amanda of Life Has its Perks

More scenic fall road trips

We aren’t finished yet! Keep reading for more of the best fall road trips in the United States! So many options for beautiful fall foliage in this country.

19. Denver to Million Dollar Highway (one of the best road trips in October)

• Distance: about 560 Miles
• Recommended time: 3-5 days
• Best time to see fall colors: late September to early October

If you’re looking for one of the best fall road trips in the USA to see fall colors, Colorado’s Million Dollar Highway will surprise you.

The journey begins in Denver where you can pick up US Route 550 which then takes you southwest toward Grand Junction—a distance of nearly 560 miles. Along your route, you’ll pass through Rocky Mountain National Park with stops at Kebler Pass and San Juan Skyway —both offering amazing panoramic vistas during fall. The perfect place for a picnic lunch!

Note: be sure to grab a timed entry permit from the National Park Service when planning this epic fall road trip!

As you continue your drive down US 550 make sure to stop off at Golden Gate Canyon State Park where even more incredible landscape awaits including sweeping meadows blanketed by colorful foliage.

Take a break from the road and hop aboard the Georgetown Loop Railroad for an unforgettable journey back in time. This historic railway is one of Colorado’s most popular attractions with its steep climbs and twists offering spectacular views of the surrounding mountainscape.

Be sure to make stops at Ohio Creek Road and Guanella Pass. These two areas are home to some of Colorado’s most beautiful fall colors, with vibrant reds, oranges, and yellows as far as the eyes can see!

Here’s how you can make the most out of this beautiful Colorado fall colors road trip:

• Time your trip right. Colorado fall colors typically peak in late September to early October, but it can vary from year to year. Be sure to plan accordingly and check the forecast before you embark on this colorful adventure!
• Don’t forget your camera. The vibrant reds, oranges, and yellows of autumn will make for some amazing photo ops, so be sure to bring your camera so you can capture all the beauty of Colorado’s fall colors.
• Pack a picnic lunch. There are plenty of great spots along the way to stop for a picnic lunch and enjoy the view!
• Keep an eye out for wildlife. As you make your way through this scenic route, you might be lucky enough to spot some elk, deer, bighorn sheep, or even a black bear!
• Be prepared for all weather. Make sure to bring all the necessary items like warm clothes and rain gear just in case of any unpredictable weather.

Recommended by Sara of Mindful Travel

20. Minnesota North Shore (amongst the best fall foliage in US)

• Distance: about 150 Miles
• Recommended time: 3-5 days (depending on number of stops, hiking, exploring)
• Best time to see fall colors: Mid-September to early October (varies due to weather conditions)

One of the best fall drives to take this year is the scenic North Shore in Minnesota . For nearly 150 miles, Highway 61 guides you from Duluth, Minn. to the Canadian border.

And much of that is right alongside Lake Superior – the largest freshwater lake in the world. Minnesota is known as the Land of 10,000 Lakes. But it’s also home to 17.6 million acres of forest. That makes for a very scenic fall foliage drive.

Start your North Shore road trip this fall in Duluth, MN. The Gateway to the North Shore is located about 2.5 hours north of the Minneapolis – St. Paul International Airport.

Some of the best fall foliage photo-op stops include Gooseberry Falls, Split Rock Lighthouse, Palisade Head and Lutsen Mountains. Take the Summit Express Gondola up Moose Mountain 1,000 feet for a sea of orange, green pines, and panoramic views of Lake Superior.

Your fall road trip in Minnesota ends at Grand Portage State Park. This unique stop features Minnesota’s tallest waterfall and fall foliage views of three nations. They include the U.S., Canada and the Grand Portage Nation.

When is peak fall foliage in Minnesota? Depends on weather conditions, but typically mid-September to early October.

How long does the North Shore fall foliage road trip take? Depends on the number of photo-op stops you take along the way.

You could technically drive the North Shore in Minnesota in one day. But for the best fall road trip experience, allow at least three to five days to see the  best stops on Minnesota’s North Shore  this fall – or any season!

Recommended by Karen of kmfiswriting

21. Richard B Russell Scenic Highway, Georgia

• Distance: 23 miles
• Recommended time : 2+ hours
• Best time to see fall colors: end of October 

The Richard B Russell Highway through the Blue Ridge Mountains of North Georgia is a short but gorgeous drive through rolling mountains.

Here, you’ll wind higher up through the mountain pass, with numerous pullouts for scenic viewpoints, where you can see ridge after ridge after ridge going far out in the distance.

The best viewpoint is the Hog Pen Gap Overlook, and is also an excellent place to watch the sunset.

Besides the overlooks, there are many hikes that start off the Richard B Russell Scenic Highway. A few great options are Dukes Creek Falls and Raven Creek Falls, and the Tesnatee Gap Trail to Cowrock Mountain . This trail is actually one section of the Appalachian Trail, which crosses the scenic highway. 

The starting point for the highway is just west of Helen, a tiny, cute town that’s designed to look like a German village. Be sure to take an afternoon to explore Helen before hitting the road!

The highway is technically a point-to-point drive, ending at Highway 180, but you can turn east on Highway 180, and then turn south on Highway 75/Unicoi Turnpike to turn this into a scenic loop drive. 

Driving the Richard B Russell Scenic Highway can be as short as a couple of hours if you just stop at a few of the viewpoints. Alternatively, it could take most of the day if you decide to do some of the hikes. Either way, this drive is one of the best things to do in north Georgia in the fall. 

Recommended by Stephanie of the Unknown Enthusiast

22. Twin Falls to Grand Teton National Park (an underrated route on this list of best fall road trips)

• Distance: 255 miles
• Recommended time: 1-3 days
• Best time to see fall colors: mid September to early October

This is one of the most underrated fall drives in the USA, and definitely one worth planning! The route from Twin Falls, Idaho to Grand Teton National Park, Wyoming is beautiful!

Starting in the town of Twin Falls, you’ll want to visit Shoshone Falls Park .This beautiful waterfall dumps into the Snake River and creates such a scenic spot to explore. Furthermore, there are quite a bit of activities to do on the river like going into the Snake River Canyon, one of the top things to do in Twin Falls .

Heading east, you’ll get to Idaho Falls. Stretch your legs from your road trip and walk the Idaho Falls River Walk & Snake River Greenbelt, where you’ll see beautiful fall colors along the river. Grab lunch on your way out of town, or if you’re exploring Twin Falls and Idaho Falls, stay in downtown Idaho Falls before continuing east the next day.

Perhaps the most scenic part of this adventure, and the best driving route for fall foliage is between Idaho Falls, Idaho and Jackson, Wyoming. You’ll drive through the Caribou-Targhee National Forest then the Bridger-Teton National Forest, and it’s stunning!

The fall is one of the best times to visit Grand Teton National Park. The weather is cooler and crowds have dwindled. Yet the wildlife is abundant, especially during dusk and dawn.

There are a few must-sees in Grand Teton , including the Snake River Overlook, hiking Inspiration Point and seeing the Moulton Barns on Mormon Row.

This road rip is best done the 3rd week in September through the first week in October to see peak fall foliage , although it will vary a bit based on the weather each year. Driving straight through is just over 4 hours, but you’ll at least want to spend some time in Twin Falls, Grand Teton, Jackson Hole and more!

23. Red River Gorge Scenic Byway, Kentucky (an underrated fall foliage road trip)

• Distance: 46 miles
• Recommended time: 4 hours
• Best time to see fall colors: Late October

The Red River Gorge Scenic Byway is a breathtaking fall road trip that winds through the heart of the bluegrass states. Weaving through the Daniel Boone National Forest, this picturesque route is filled with incredible autumn colors and awe-inspiring landscapes perfect for nature lovers and leaf peepers.

Beginning in Slade, the gateway to the Red River Gorge Geological Area, the scenic byway covers approximately 46 miles . It showcases the area’s stunning natural beauty alongside plenty of exploration opportunities.

As you drive down the scenic byway, you’ll be greeted by bursts of vibrant reds, oranges, and golds. The best time to embark on this adventure is typically mid to late October when the fall foliage is at its peak. It’s one of the best possible road trips in October!

The Red River Gorge Scenic Byway has a number of areas you’ll want to explore. First is the Natural Bridge State Park, which features an iconic Natural Bridge . The bridge is an impressive sandstone arch that stands majestically in the midst of the forest.

Take a hike along the forest’s vibrant autumn trails to appreciate the stunning views and natural wonders.

For more outdoor adventure, the Red River Gorge Geological Area is filled with rock climbing and hiking along with camping and zip-lining.

Make the most of your road trip with an overnight stay in one of the charming towns nearby like Stanton or Beattyville. These quaint communities offer a range of quaint accommodations from cozy bed and breakfasts to lovely rustic cabins. While you’re in the area, head to one of the best wineries in Kentucky like Lover’s Leap or Equus Run to enjoy the fall harvest and beautiful vineyard views.  Or nearby, check out the beautiful lookouts, museums and walking trails for the top things to do in Wytheville VA .

When planning your trip, remember to pack essentials like comfortable hiking shoes and check weather conditions and road closures before starting your journey.

Recommended by Sydney of Sydney to Anywhere

24. Flagstaff to Oak Creek Canyon, Arizona

• Distance: Flagstaff to Oak Creek Canyon – 30 miles
• Best time to see fall colors : Mid-to-late November

Flagstaff is a popular place to visit in Northern Arizona and a getaway to the Grand Canyon National Park.  It’s also one of the best fall foliage road trips in the southwest!

Flagstaff typically begins seeing its first yellow leaves in the middle of September . However, the exact timing could differ depending on location and altitude.

Since Arizona has limited opportunities for leaf-peeping, you will have to be strategic about the timing of your trip. People from all over the state come to the area to see the changing foliage. 

Some of the most popular spots for seeing the fall foliage in Arizona are Locket Meadow which boasts a nice Aspen grove at the Inner Basin of the San Francisco Peaks and Aspen Corner which can be accessed via Arizona Trail Passage 34.

Check out Highway 89A on the way from Flagstaff to Sedona. It’s one of the most beautiful drives in the Southwest for fall foliage. The drive will take you through Oak Creek Canyon where you can see spectacular fall colors on full display.

On 89A be sure to check out Jerome Arizona , the ghost town with so much to offer. A fun spin to this scenic fall road trip!

Finally, don’t miss the Arizona Snowball, a popular ski resort in Northern Arizona where you can enjoy the panoramic views of the foliage around the San Francisco peaks from the gondola. 

To see the fall colors in Flagstaff, plan your outings for early morning or late afternoon, to avoid mid-day crowds and choose weekdays instead of weekends.

Depending on the season and the weather, you might still be able to see some fall colors in Oak Creek Canyon located on the way to Sedona.

Recommended by Daria of The Discovery Nut

25. Sacramento to Los Angeles (one of the best scenic fall drives)

• Distance: 385 miles
• Best time to see fall colors: November

There plenty of places to see and discover when driving from Sacramento to Los Angeles. Although not the most popular place to see the fall foliage, it surprisingly makes for an excellent fall drive!

Sacramento alone is one of the most beautiful places in California . It’s spread with trees and green meadows as far as the eye can see . Therefore, you will be surrounded by lush greenery where you can witness the fall colors along the way.

Once you leave Sacramento, you will pass through Santa Barbara, San Francisco, Santa Monica and many major cities in California. This entire fall drive is about is 385 miles, but I recommend spending a least a 3 days along the route!

After hitting the road, stop in San Francisco to take a picture at the famous Golden Bridge. Then, make a stop in Malibu to visit the famous Malibu Lagoon State Beach and dip your feet at the sandy tranquilizing water.

The next stop is Santa Clarita where you would visit Six Flags Magic Mountain theme park. It’s a thrill-seekers paradise as it’s jam-packed with roller coasters and other amazing rides.

The best place to see fall colors in California is Santa Barbara . Therefore, you should stop by at one of its national or state parks. I highly recommend stopping at Channel Islands National Park for some of the most amazing views.

Finally, end your California fall road trip with a stop at the Santa Monica Pier, and if you have the time, you should pay the Santa Monica Pier Aquarium a visit. No matter how you choose to spend your time, you will be met with so many amazing adventures!

Recommended by Ossama of Awesome Traveler

26. East Texas road trip (an underrated route on this list of best fall drives in the US)

• Distance: 250 miles
• Recommended time: 1 – 5 days

For adventurous souls who like a bang for their driving buck, it’s time to take an East Texas road trip. A couple of hours outside of Houston lies Big Thicket National Preserve which offers plenty of quiet moments with lovely sights. 

Head east from Houston towards Beaumont (great birding opportunities) and then veer north towards Big Thicket National Preserve. Out here, it’s empty, so bring what you want to eat, or you’ll have to rely on a couple of small shops along the way. 

After spending a couple of days hiking, paddling, or kayaking in Big Thicket National Preserve and Village Creek State Park, head west to Huntsville State Park.  Here, you can keep hiking, fishing, camping, or mountain biking. Only 75 minutes north of Houston, it’s a local favorite outdoor destination!

I recommend visiting fall through spring when the humidity is low, and the summer heat won’t suck your life out! November is the best time to see the fall colors in Eastern Texas. Keep in mind it can still get sweaty on the trails, so  wear the appropriate hiking clothes  to ensure your fall road trip goes off without a hitch!

Best fall drives in the US

Yay for planning your fall foliage road trip! Where to first?! We’ve covered all corners of the USA and many spots in between. One thing is for sure: there’s no shortage of options when it comes to beautiful fall drives!

I hate to wish away the summer heat, but I can hardly contain my excitement for the brisk fall months to arrive. For now, I’ll be wishful dreaming while reading this list of the best fall drives in the United States.

Here’s a quick recap of the best fall road trips in the United States….

Best fall road trips

• Eastern Sierra fall road trip, California
• Skyline Drive, Shenandoah National Park
• The Cascade Loop, Washington
• Kebler Pass, Colorado
• New York City to Catskills
• Minneapolis to Chicago
• Alpine Loop Scenic Byway, Utah
• Going-to-the-Sun Road, Glacier National Park
• Blue Ridge Parkway
• Seattle to Olympic National Park
• San Francisco to Napa Valley and Sonoma Valley
• Las Vegas to the Grand Canyon
• Door County, Wisconsin
• Peak to Peak Scenic Byway, Colorado
• Northeast Kingdom, Vermont
• Boston to Acadia National Park
• Vermont’s Route 100
• Franconia Notch Parkway, New Hampshire
• Denver to Million Dollar Highway
• Minnesota North Shore
• Richard B Russell Scenic Highway, Georgia
• Twin Falls to Grand Teton National Park
• Red River Gorge Scenic Byway, Kentucky
• Flagstaff to Oak Creek Canyon, Arizona
• Sacramento to Los Angeles
• East Texas road trip

Related content you might like: 29 Amazing Road Trips USA: Scenic (& Underrated) Routes You’ll Love 30 Gorgeous West Coast Road Trip Routes You Gotta See to Believe 26 Best National Parks to Visit in October (Amazing Spots You Need to See) 32 Best Places to Visit in September in USA (Unique and Cool Ideas You’ll Love)

Find this post helpful? Save it for later or share it on social media!

Saturday 26th of August 2023

Are there any limitations on the number of cars driving on the Going-to-the-Sun Road, Glacier National Park? Any permits or anything like that needed or is this accessible to anyone?

Monday 28th of August 2023

Yes, oh goodness thanks so much for asking. I had included the reservation link in my other Glacier National Park content but forgot to include on this guide. I've added the link to that section. For most of the summer (varies each year), you'll need a timed entry permit to enter the park and access that road from 6:00am - 3:00pm. So you can technically enter before or after to enjoy the park without getting a reservation. But to take advantage of your time in the park, it's best to get a reservation if you can.

Saturday 29th of July 2023

Glad to see a shoutout to Flagstaff! I absolutely love the fall there. Great list!

Tuesday 1st of August 2023

Oh yay! It's such a beautiful area 🍂

Fall (or autumn as we call it) is such a beautiful time of year! The colours are amazing. Some great suggestions there that look appealing.

So glad you loved them, Alma! Hope you get to take a fantastic autumn adventure sometime :)

Some great road trips here in the most colorful season. Adding a few to my list!

Awesome, Sharyn! Glad this could be a source of inspiration for you ❤️

Friday 28th of July 2023

These are some stunning road trips that allow you to immerse yourself in the wonders of nature. Thank you for the recommendations!

Of course! Hope you can take one (or more) someday!

• Search Please fill out this field.
• Manage Your Subscription
• Give a Gift Subscription
• Newsletters
• Sweepstakes
• Destinations

14 Fall Road Trips for Stunning Scenery Around the U.S.

Looking for the perfect fall drive to see the changing leaves? These road trips offer colorful foliage and incredible views.

Take advantage of cooler temperatures and beautiful foliage by planning a fall road trip through some of the United States' most scenic regions. In the Northeast, see the colorful changing leaves on an autumnal journey through mountain landscapes , or head south to the Gulf Coast, where you'll find warm weather and ocean views. With these 14 routes through the most picturesque states around the country, you're bound to find a perfect autumn getaway.

Blue Ridge Mountains, Georgia

When you think of places to see fall foliage, New England destinations probably come to mind, but southern parts of the country have beautiful colors, too. A road trip through Georgia's Blue Ridge Mountains offers stunning foliage without the cold weather you'd find up north.

Start at The Russell Brasstown Scenic Byway in the northern part of the state, which takes you through the Blue Ridge Mountains along the Chattahoochee River. Stop in Helen , a mountain town modeled after a quaint Bavarian village, and at Brasstown Bald, the highest natural point in Georgia and the ultimate foliage viewing vantage point. Clayton, an old mountain town with antique shops, galleries, and restaurants, is also worth a visit. Take a hike in the nearby Chattahoochee-Oconee National Forest, or try wineries and vineyards in Georgia Wine Country. Then, head east to the Tallulah Gorge State Park , where you can explore a 1,000-foot chasm carved over millions of years by the Tallulah River.

Rhode Island

The country's smallest state is packed with fall activities, and you won't have long drives between them. You can check out Rail Explorers in Portsmouth, where pedal-powered vehicles trace historic railroad tracks on 90-minute tours. Then head to Bristol to see historic mansions like Blithewold and finally, make your way along Rhode Island's Brewery Trail , which includes dozens of watering holes conveniently located off the main state highways. Don't miss Foolproof Brewing Company in Pawtucket, where you can also tour the brewery and learn more about how beer is made.

Finger Lakes Region, New York

Not far from the Big Apple, the Finger Lakes region is an oasis of fall foliage and quiet country scenery. Leaving from New York City, head west through New Jersey and Pennsylvania and stop at Gouldsboro or Tobyhanna State Park along the way. Make a detour to see Jim Thorpe, a borough in Pennsylvania with lovely mountain scenery and architecture. While in town, go on a hike in Lehigh Valley or visit the Lehigh Gorge Scenic Railway. Then head to the Finger Lakes to sample some of the region's best wines along Cayuga Lake. Stay nearby at the historic Inns of Aurora , hike at Taughannock Falls State Park , and spend a day in Ithaca to wet your whistle at Ithaca Beer Co.

Route 6, Pennsylvania

Take a trip along the historic Route 6 in northern Pennsylvania for views of color-shifting forests, mountains, and other peaceful scenery. Visit the decades-old St. Marys institution Straub Brewery while you're in the area. You can also travel along the Elk Scenic Drive , a 127-mile route that crosses through the Pennsylvania Wilds — often past large elk herds. Finally, stop at the Worlds End State Park for camping, cabins, and hiking on the Loyalsock Trail to immerse yourself in the fall foliage.

Blue Ridge Parkway, Virginia and North Carolina

This winding road covers almost 470 miles to connect the Great Smoky Mountains National Park in North Carolina to the Shenandoah National Park in Virginia. While you drive, you'll pass split-rail fences, old farmsteads, mountain meadows, and scenic overlooks. Stop along the way at one of the many hiking trails in either national park, or visit a local farm to grab some autumnal produce.

Covered Bridges Loop, Connecticut

Take your time exploring the roughly 100-mile loop through the northwest corner of Connecticut. Pass through the Falls Village in Canaan, where the churches, streets, houses, and the railroad depot still look as they did in the 1800s. The Appalachian Trail runs right through town, so you can follow the white trail markers for a day hike. Pass through the West Cornwall Covered Bridge, which extends 242 feet across the Housatonic River, visit Lake Waramaug State Park for hiking and fall foliage, and then head to Litchfield to marvel at the gardens at White Flower Farm .

New England's Historic Trails, Massachusetts

Before you get in the car, you can start this journey on foot in Boston by walking the Freedom Trail , a 2.5-mile, red-lined route that leads you to 16 historically significant sites. When it's time to hit the road, you'll head west through Massachusetts' Berkshires, taking in plenty of fall colors along the way. Make a detour to Northampton or stop in the living museum that is Old Sturbridge Village . For more revolutionary-era history, travel south through Connecticut, leaving New England as you cross through New York to Philadelphia, and visit the Museum of the American Revolution .

Southern Pacific Coast, California

You might think a drive up the California coast is best done in the summer, but it's also beautiful in the fall and the weather is more comfortable. Start outside Los Angeles with an oceanside hike in Point Mugu State Park . Then hop in a convertible, preferably, and trace the coast on Highway 101 to Santa Barbara. Spend a night there and stroll down State Street to check out the shops and restaurants. Make a side trip to nearby Solvang, which is modeled after an old Danish town, with a windmill, plus wineries and beautiful scenery. If you have the time, continue northwest for ocean views at Jalama Beach County Park .

The Olympic Peninsula, Washington

Make your way through the rugged coast of Washington for mountain views and lush forest drives. You can start in Seattle and loop around Puget Sound, stopping for ferry boat detours to Vashon Island or Whidbey Island. On Vashon, stroll along the beaches or visit Point Robinson Lighthouse for a taste of Pacific Northwest island life. Back on the mainland, hike or camp in Olympic National Park , and then carry on to historic Port Townsend, where you can wander among the old waterfront neighborhoods and Victorian houses.

Gulf Coast, Florida

There are two main advantages of a fall Florida road trip: you'll enjoy warmer temperatures than you'd get in the north while avoiding the unbearable heat and humidity of the summer. Travel along the Gulf of Mexico, and feel free to extend it further. On South Walton's beaches, the sands are sugar-white thanks to their pure quartz crystal makeup. You can also check out the rare coastal dune lakes that exist in only a handful of places in the world. For a different kind of food truck experience, stop in the town of Seaside, where Airstream Row is a street lined with aluminum trailers serving up tasty dishes.

Northern Pacific Coast, Oregon

Irjaliina Paavonpera/Travel + Leisure

The Oregon coast has stunning coastal scenery fringed by forests. Start in Astoria, then head south. Along the way, you can hike at Lewis And Clark National Historical Park or Ecola State Park . Stay in Cannon Beach to see Haystack Rock and wander among those large beach boulders so characteristic of the Pacific Northwest. Also, locals will tell you a stop at the Tillamook Creamery for sweet frozen treats is obligatory. You can travel all the way down the coast and top off your trip with a visit to the redwood forests near the town of Brookings.

The Great Lakes, Michigan

Skirt the country's northern edge by driving along the Great Lakes. Start at the southern edge of Lake Huron and watch the tall ship schooners or shop in the downtown antiques market in Bay City. After that, head north along the lake to hike one of the state parks near Alpena . Then, drive two hours up the shore to Mackinaw City, where you can catch the ferry to the famously car-free Mackinac Island. This 3.8-square-mile National Historic Landmark is easily explored by bike or horse and buggy.

Route 66, Illinois to California

Though the iconic and historic highway has been chopped up and partially abandoned since its glory days, Route 66 has been immortalized through pop culture — you've heard about it in songs and seen it in movies. Though only parts of it remain intact and drivable today, it's worth exploring, even if you don't make it the whole way.

The best place to start a Route 66 adventure is perhaps at its eastern terminus, Chicago. Stop along the way for memorable sights, including the Polk-a-Dot Drive In in Braidwood, Illinois, the Oklahoma Route 66 Museum , the 80-foot Blue Whale of Catoosa, and Cadillac Ranch in Amarillo, Texas. Complete your journey out west at California's Santa Monica Pier.

Great River Road, Minnesota to Louisiana

Enjoy the Mississippi River by following the Great River Road, which runs 3,000 miles from Minnesota all the way down to Louisiana. Stop along the way to explore Saint Paul, Minnesota, Chicago, and Madison, Wisconsin, and consider detours to Nashville and Jackson, Mississippi. Highlights along the route include the Effigy Mounds National Monument  in Iowa, the Gateway Arch in St. Louis, and the Poverty Point UNESCO World Heritage Site in Pioneer, Louisiana. There are also plenty of hiking opportunities, especially at Mississippi Palisades State Park .

Related Articles

Awesome Places in the USA to Visit in October

October in the US is a month of change, with the leaves turning color, the weather cooling down, and harvests in full swing. It’s also a great time to travel, as many destinations are less crowded compared to the summer months and rates are usually cheaper.

However, there are some places in the US that are simply magical during this time of year. From New England’s stunning fall foliage to the breathtaking beauty of Acadia National Park, the Eastern Sierras, and Grand Teton, October is an amazing time for outdoor adventures. 

With so many wonderful October destinations in the US, it’s hard to decide where to go! So I’ve compiled our list of the absolute best places in the US to visit in October. Plan the ultimate October getaway and get ready for some unforgettable memories!

Don’t forget to check out our web story: The 15 Best Places in the US to Visit in October

Disclaimer: This post may contain affiliate links. If you make a purchase or booking through one of our links we may earn a small commission (don’t worry, it’s at no extra cost to you).

Awesome Places to Travel in October in the USA

Branson, missouri.

Branson comes alive in October with its many live shows, attractions, and outdoor activities. The cooler temperatures and smaller crowds make it the perfect time to explore everything this family-friendly destination has to offer, from Silver Dollar City and Dolly Parton’s Stampede Dinner Show to Ripley’s Believe It or Not!

We also love how many rustic fall activities there are throughout the city. Branson’s Harvest Festival features craft days and thousands of lit pumpkins for the perfect Halloween photo.

October weekends are also packed with things to do in Branson, such as the Shepherd’s Pumpkin Fest, where you can build scarecrows, try pumpkin bowling, or go on a Jeep hayride. Don’t miss the Branson Farmers Market as well! Shop for unique gifts, local produce, and yummy fall treats like caramel apples when you visit the market at Branson’s Landing, right near the Bass Pro Shops.

Finally, the Ozark Mountains are even more gorgeous in October when the leaves start to change color. Take a drive down Highway 76 for amazing views, or hike one of the many trails in the area. You can also go ziplining through the mountains or enjoy tons of water activities like fishing, canoeing, and kayaking on one of Branson’s many lakes!

Asheville, North Carolina

October is an excellent time to visit Asheville, North Carolina . The Blue Ridge Mountains are almost entirely enveloped in vibrant fall colors, and the cool mountain air makes it the perfect time for hiking. You can spend a day driving through the mountains and stopping at some of Asheville’s scenic overlooks, like Looking Glass Rock Overlook or Craggy Gardens.

There are plenty of things to do around town if you’re interested in experiencing Asheville’s vibrant arts scene or just want to try some new craft beers. You should definitely check out Uncommon Market , Asheville’s largest pop-up market, for some unique finds and local artisan goods.

During October, several fun festivals also happen throughout Asheville’s small mountain towns. These include Oktoberfest, Hilltop Fall Festival in downtown Rutherfordton, CiderFest NC, and more!

Grand Teton National Park, Wyoming

Grand Teton National Park is easily one of the best destinations in the US to visit in October. During this month, the park’s leaves turn a brilliant red-orange, making it an ideal spot for leaf peeping and photograph taking!

Grand Teton National Park is also a mecca for outdoor enthusiasts. If you’re into hiking, there are more than 200 miles of unspoiled mountain trails for you to tackle, including an easy climb up the 7-mile-long Jenny Lake Trail.

Hike along Leigh Lake to get an up-close look at wildlife like bison and elk grazing along the rocky banks, or go horseback riding through forests and meadows filled with wildflowers. Try crossing Clear Creek’s natural bridge for an extra challenge!

The park offers many other activities in October, including rafting, biking, fishing, and kayaking on the Snake River. If you’re planning to stay overnight in one of the park’s campgrounds or lodges, don’t forget to bring your flashlight. It gets dark early this time of year, but that also means it’s prime stargazing time!

Do note that many campsites in Grand Teton National Park close in September and October, so it’s best to check before you head out.

Aspen, Colorado

Winter may be Aspen’s busiest time of year, but visiting Aspen in October is anything but sleepy! You get to enjoy the gorgeous landscape, restaurants, shops, and attractions of this charming mountain town without the ski season crowds.

Best of all, the Rocky Mountains are breathtaking during this month. The aspen leaves turn a beautiful golden color, providing a stunning contrast to the evergreens. The Hunter Creek Trail’s corridors are thick with aspens in various states of fall transformation, and it makes for a magical hike!

The view from above is equally amazing, so grab a seat on the Elk Camp gondola and enjoy the ride as you take in the colorful mountain views.

If you’re looking for a more active way to experience Aspen’s autumn beauty, there are tons of outdoor recreation activities awaiting you. Hike to Maroon Bells and see its spectrum of colors reflected in Maroon Lake. 

Or go fly fishing for rainbow trout in one of the many mountain streams. They’re especially active in Roaring Forks during this time of year! You can also go whitewater rafting, kayaking, or tubing down the river if you’re in the mood for a thrill.

When you need a break from all the outdoor fun, head into town and explore Aspen’s eclectic shops and eateries. Finally, the Aspen Saturday Market is packed with fall produce and delicious fall-themed foods in October, so make sure to stop by if you’re in town in early October!

Kauai, Hawaii

Kauai is one of the best places in the US to visit in October if you’re looking for a warm-weather getaway. The island’s average temperature in October is a pleasant 75-80 degrees Fahrenheit, making it the perfect time to hit the beach while most of the US is bundling up!

Kauai is also relatively uncrowded during this month since it’s considered the off-season. That means you’ll have plenty of room to enjoy Kauai’s world-famous beaches, like Tunnels Beach (great for snorkeling), Poipu Beach Park (perfect for swimming and sunbathing), or Kalapaki Beach (a great spot for paddleboarding, surfing, and kayaking).

If you’re looking for an adventure, head to the Napali Coast and go hiking on the craggy Kalalau Trail. This challenging trek will take you through lush rainforests, along cliffs with dramatic ocean views, and past waterfalls tumbling down into pristine swimming holes. It’s one of the most popular trails on Kauai for a reason!

If you’re not up for such a strenuous hike, don’t worry. There are plenty of other trails in Kauai’s state parks that are perfect for a leisurely stroll. Check out Koke’e State Park or Waimea Canyon State Park for some of the best views on the island without having to break a sweat.

Savannah, Georgia

Savannah is a beautiful city to visit any time of year, but October is especially lovely. The weather is mild and there aren’t too many tourists around. Plus, there’s something extra atmospheric about Savannah in October, with Halloween just around the corner. After all, Savannah is considered one of the most haunted cities in the US!

If you’re feeling brave, go on a walking tour of the city’s most haunted sights. You’ll visit spooky graveyards, hear stories of ghostly encounters, and maybe even see a ghost or two! For adults who want a tipsy twist on the ghost tour, there’s also the Savannah Haunted Pub Crawl.

Beyond the spooky happenings, Savannah is simply fabulous in October. The leaves on the live oak trees in Forsyth Park turn a beautiful golden color, and the flowers are still blooming in many of the city’s gardens.

Make sure to stroll through the Historic District and marvel at the stately antebellum mansions. You can also explore Savannah’s more eclectic Starland District or walk along River Street, the city’s waterfront promenade lined with restaurants and cafes.

And since October is one of the busiest months in Savannah’s festival calendar, you’ll have plenty of opportunities to enjoy live music, delicious food, and craft beer while mingling with the locals. For starters, add the Savannah Greek Festival, the Tybee Island Pirate Fest, or Oktoberfest to your Savannah itinerary!

Door County, Wisconsin

Door County is a beautiful peninsula in northeastern Wisconsin , and we think it’s one of the most underrated October destinations in the US!

This region is known for its rocky coastline, quaint small towns, and scenic state parks. Plus, the Door Peninsula is surrounded by water on three sides, so you’re guaranteed to get some great views of the fall foliage and Lake Michigan no matter where you go.

Some of the best places to enjoy the fall colors are Sturgeon Bay (the largest city in Door County), along the Ahnapee State Trail, and in Europe Bay Woods State Natural Area. But really, you can’t go wrong in Door County!

If you’re looking for things to do, Door County is home to five state parks, one state trail, and 19 county parks. So there’s plenty of opportunity for hiking, biking, kayaking, and more. You can also pick your own apples at the Oneida Tribe Apple Orchard in the village of Hobart, learn to make cider at the Washington Island Farm Museum, or run the Door County Fall 50 race.

Don’t forget to explore the Door County Wine Trail and sample some of the local vintages. And last but not least, be sure to check out one of the many harvest festivals taking place throughout the peninsula in October!

Salem, Massachusetts

If you’re looking for a Halloween destination that’s sure to be spooky, look no further than Salem, Massachusetts . This historic city is best known as the site of the witch trials in 1692, and it still embraces its witchy heritage today.

In October, Salem comes alive with Halloween festivities! The month-long Salem Haunted Happenings celebration features parties, parades, vendor fairs, walking tours, museums, attractions, and special events. If you’re interested in learning more about the witch trials, take a tour of the Salem Witch Museum or visit The Witch House (aka the Jonathan Corwin House), the only remaining building with direct ties to the trials.

No trip to Salem is complete without a stop at one of the several magical shops in the city. These shops offer everything from witchy clothing and jewelry to spell books, potions, and tarot readings. 

Even if you’re not into the Halloween stuff, you’ll still find Salem bewitching in October! The autumn foliage is beautiful, and the cool weather is perfect for walking tours of Salem’s landmarks. 

Your Salem bucket list should include the McIntire Historic District, the Pioneer Village , and the Pickering House . For a more relaxing way to explore Salem, try hopping on the Salem Trolley or taking a sunset sail on a historic schooner.

New York City, New York

Surprised to see the Big Apple on our list? We love NYC in October! This is a great time of year to visit New York City because the weather is comfortable, and the crowds are (slightly) smaller than they are in the summer.

NYC’s top draw during October is definitely the fall foliage. Almost everywhere you go, from Central Park to Madison Square Park, the Brooklyn Botanic Gardens , and simply just walking around Manhattan, you’ll be surrounded by the changing leaves!

There are also tons of festivals happening in the city in October. Foodies will love the New York Food and Wine Festival , which takes place for four days in October and features hundreds of events all over NYC. Popular events like the Village Halloween Parade and the Columbus Day Parade are also must-sees if you’ll be traveling to New York City in October.

Finally, any day in October is a good day to visit NYC’s top attractions. Drop by the Oculus building at the World Trade Center, the Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum , and the Metropolitan Museum of Art (just to name a few!). Don’t forget to catch a Broadway show and order a slice of pizza while you’re in town!

Eastern Sierras, California

For the ultimate October road trip in the US, it’s hard to beat the Eastern Sierras in California . The colors are simply stunning, and there’s no shortage of photo-worthy spots throughout the region.

The Eastern Sierras are home to some of the tallest and largest aspens in the world, many of them concentrated in Aspendell. These aspens put on a spectacular show in October, and the nearby town of Bishop Creek is a veritable visual feast!

Other must-sees in the Eastern Sierras include Rock Creek Road for a scenic drive, the Little Lakes Valley hiking trail (one of the most beautiful trails in the region), and Mono Lake, an eerie but gorgeous spot with strange limestone formations.

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

The City of Brotherly Love is another one of the best places in the US to visit in October! Philly is also one of the most walkable cities in the US, and there’s no better time to take advantage of it than in the fall.

Start your visit with a stroll through Rittenhouse Square, Washington Square West, or Old City – three of Philly’s most leafy and picturesque neighborhoods. Then hit the trails of Fairmount Park, where you can admire the changing leaves while getting some fresh air.

When you start to get hungry, there are plenty of great places to eat in Philly. From cozy cafes serving up pumpkin spice lattes to farm-to-table restaurants dishing out seasonal fare, you’ll find plenty of fall flavors to savor.

For a spooky twist to the usual sightseeing, join a ghost tour that will take you to some of Philadelphia’s most historic and haunted sites. Or, if you’re looking for something more lighthearted, walk around the massive Morris Arboretum for a peaceful day out.

Cleveland, Ohio

Cleveland, Ohio , is another one of the most underrated US cities to visit in October! You’ll find so many classic fall activities to enjoy here, such as apple picking, pumpkin picking, and going through corn mazes at local farms like the Lake Metroparks Farmpark in nearby Kirtland.

Take your pick of the many colorful hiking trails and scenic overlooks throughout Cleveland. Some of our favorites are the Berea Falls Scenic Overlook, Tinkers Creek Gorge Scenic Overlook, and basically any trail at the North Chagrin Reservation!

Since it’s cooler out, you’ll find it more comfortable to walk around as you explore Cleveland’s top attractions. Take the kids to see the residents of the Cleveland Metropark Zoo , check out the beautiful grave markers at the historic Lake View Cemetery , and admire the displays at the Cleveland Museum of Art .

The Hudson Valley, New York State

The Hudson Valley is one of the best places to visit in the US in the fall, hands down. And this region of New York State will take your breath away if you time your visit with October! For instance, Minneskawa State Park is surrounded by dramatic cliffs on one side and trees drenched in color on the other.

We also suggest visiting the Mohonk Mountain House , where you can stroll through gardens full of autumnal blooms against a backdrop of Victorian-era buildings dating back to 1869. Just nearby are the lovely trails of the Mohonk Preserve, perfect for an autumn hike. For even more outdoor beauty, go cycling down the Wallkill Rail Trail, which is one of the most iconic rail trails in the US.

The Hudson Valley also has several local orchards and farm stands where you can buy the season’s freshest apples, corn, pumpkins, cider, and fall-flavored food and drinks!

Burlington, Vermont

There’s nothing like New England in October! If there’s one destination you have to visit in Vermont during this month, it’s Burlington.

The mountains turn red and gold, and the chilly weather is perfect for wearing thick sweaters, cozy scarves, and cute beanies. Sipping a mug of hot cocoa while gazing at Lake Champlain is such a dreamy experience!

October is also loaded with things to do in Burlington. Many of them are near or around the lake, so you’ll be surrounded by vibrant fall foliage while you enjoy the activities. For example, you can hop on a cruise of the lake, go kayaking or paddleboarding, or learn about the area’s natural history at the ECHO Leahy Center .

If you’re looking for Burlington’s best shopping and dining, head to Church Street Marketplace . This pedestrian-only stretch is lined with local boutiques, art galleries, and yummy restaurants. While you’re in Burlington, don’t forget to drive down the scenic Vermont Route 100 to see Vermont’s famous covered bridges. 

If you’re wondering where to go in October, you really can’t go wrong with Burlington!

Bar Harbor, Maine

Rounding out our list of the best places to travel to in October in the US is Bar Harbor, Maine ! This small town on Mount Desert Island is famous for its dramatic coastline, rich history, and fresh seafood. It’s also the ideal base if you want to experience Acadia National Park during autumn!

Leaf peeping is one of the best things to do in Acadia National Park in October, and there are tons of incredible viewpoints throughout the park. Park Loop Road is a great place to start, as it winds through the forest and takes you past several highlights, such as Thunder Hole, Jordan Pond, and Otter Cliff.

Don’t miss out on driving up Cadillac Mountain, the highest point in Acadia National Park! This is an especially popular activity in October, as it’s one of the best places in the US to watch the sunrise.

Bar Harbor also has several great restaurants and cafes where you can warm up with a bowl of chowder or a freshly caught Maine lobster! After a day of exploring, we recommend checking out one of the town’s many breweries or distilleries for a cozy nightcap.

There you have it! The 15 best places to travel in the US in October. What’s your favorite?

Share this on pinterest.

Jamie Delos Reyes is a book addict turned career writer and SEO content marketing geek. She's a freelance content writer, editor, and content manager who thinks no topic is boring - it's always fun to learn new stuff! She loves traveling, meeting new humans and hearing their stories, and tasting her way through the planet's kaleidoscope of flavors. The only thing better than traveling? Writing all about it! Her ultimate dream is to go on a cross-country road trip with her three spoiled dogs.

Related Posts

The 15 Best Things to do in Madison, Wisconsin

First Time at Burning Man? Don’t Forget to Pack These 17 Essential Items!

The 15 Best Things to do in San José, Costa Rica

Leave a comment cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

22 Best Places To Visit In The USA In October (2024 Review)

Last Updated on March 13, 2024 by Nicole

October is one of my favourite times of the year to travel in the United States. In the north, you slowly move from the last warm days of the year to crisp mornings and cool evenings. Even better, fall foliage is in full swing and gorgeous reds, oranges and yellows brighten the trees or the grounds below them. In the south, the humidity has waned but the days are still warm, allowing you to walk and explore to your heart’s content. However, with 50 states and nearly 4 million square miles of land to explore, it can be overwhelming trying to figure out the best places to visit in the USA in October. No worries – I have narrowed down the list! Here are 22 top destinations for October vacations in America.

This post may contain affiliate links. That means that I may earn a small commission, at no extra cost to you, if you buy something through my site. This helps me run my website and produce the articles that I hope you find helpful.

Amazing US Destinations In Other Months

Let’s face it. The US is an enormous country that is absolutely packed with fun, interesting, and beautiful places, all of which deserve a visit at one time or another. However, some are definitely better to explore during one month over another. Here is a roundup of the best places to visit in the USA in other months.

• 20 Best Cities To Visit In The USA ;
• 24 Best Places To Visit In The USA In January ;
• 26 Best Places To Visit In The USA In March ;
• 20 Best Places To Visit In USA In April ;
• 25 Best Places To Visit In The USA In May ;
• 21 Best Places To Visit In The USA In June ;
• 23 Best Places To Visit In USA In September ;
• 20 Best Places To Visit In USA In November ; and
• 23 Best Places To Visit In USA For Christmas .

If you are looking for romance and amazing spots for adventures with with your partner, please see 21 Best Honeymoon Destinations In November In USA .

In addition, If you are looking for a warm winter getaway in the United States, you have a lot to choose from! Here are  50 Best US Beach Destinations For A Warm Winter Getaway .

On the other hand, if you want to pack warm clothes and enjoy a snowy destination offering skiing, snowmobiling, ice skating and more, please see 24 Best Snowy Winter Wonderlands To Visit In The USA .

For anyone who loves a beautiful sunset, check out  24 Best Places In USA For Most Beautiful Sunsets .

Europe is also an amazing destination in October. Here are 23 Best Places To Visit In Europe In October .

Best Places To Visit In The USA In October

The 22 best US destinations for an October holiday include cities and towns, both familiar and a little bit off the beaten path. In addition, I’ve highlighted national parks, state parks, or regions that are the perfect places to explore in the USA during the fall season.

When relevant, annual special events or festivals in October are featured, making a visit at that time extra special. In addition, expected weather is set out so that you come prepared. Finally, the closest international airport and transfer times are described as well as any fantastic accommodation.

Chicago, Illnois

By John from Your Destination Is Everywhere

Being the third most populous city in the United States, Chicago is one of the best places to visit in the USA in October. This is when the trees are turning golden and the tourist crowds are thinning out. In addition, there are so many things to do.

The Chicago International Film Festival is held annually in the fall (usually in October). It holds the title for the longest film festival in North America. With hundreds of films from all different genres, you will for sure find something you like. There is even a panel discussion at the end where you get a chance to interact with the actors/ actresses.

Visit the Chicago Botanic Garden around Halloween and immerse yourself in their Halloween decorations. Normally, it is decorated with over 1000 hand-carved pumpkins. It is spooky and an impressive sight.  

The Chicago Marathon, being one of the six World Marathon Majors , attracts thousands of runners across the world every October. Even if you’re not into running, you can still enjoy the lively atmosphere. Leading up to the race, there are over 200 exhibits featuring running apparel, footwear, accessories, and everything in between.  

In addition to these annual events held in October, Chicago is packed with things to do. This includes world class museums, internationally acclaimed restaurants and a delicious foodie scene, unbelievable shopping, and of course, offering access to major professional sport events.

For a list of the best things to do in downtown Chicago, including free and inexpensive activities, check out 22 Best Things To Do In Downtown Chicago .

Average highs in October are 62 °F with evening lows of 50 °F. You can expect around 2.7″ of rain over 8 days.

Best Way To Reach Destination

You can fly into Chicago O’Hare International Airport or Chicago Midway International Airport. O’Hare is 25 miles away from downtown whereas Midway is only 10 miles. Traffic can be terrible so be prepared. Avoid renting a car as parking is a fortune anywhere downtown. Chicago has a fantastic public transit system and lots of shared riding services.

Hotel Recommendation

John says, “Magnolia Studios is a charming guesthouse with an excellent location (very close to the waterfront). It’s only a short walk away from public transits and most major attractions.”

Kona, Hawaii

By Erica from Trip Scholars

One of the best beach destinations in the United States in October is Kona on the Big Island of Hawai’i. As temperatures drop throughout much of the United States, Kona stays sunny and warm. There are also fewer visitors and the hotel rates are lower in October than other times of the year.

The one exception is at the beginning of the month when Kona hosts the Ironman World Championship . Top athletes from around the world gather with their admirers to swim, bike, and run along the Kona Coast. It is the pinnacle of triathlons and a thrill for fans to watch.

A not-to-miss activity in Kona is relaxing at the beach. Delight in the sunshine and warm waters right in town at Magic Sands or Kahalu’u beaches. 

If you are up for a hike, Makalawena, north of Kona, is one of the most beautiful beaches in all the Hawaiian islands. Because it is more challenging to reach, you will have much of the white sand and the Queen’s Bath to yourself.

Another top choice is snorkeling. In town, Kahalu’u offers abundant sea life, but some of the best snorkeling in the state is just south of Kona in Kealakekua Bay. You will be mesmerized with the tropical fish, beautiful corals, and if you are lucky, the spinner dolphins. The best snorkeling is near the Captain Cook Monument, and you will want to book a boat trip, rent a kayak, or plan your hike to reach it. 

There are excellent day trips to enjoy too. Travelers who  include astronomy into their trips  will want to visit the Mauna Kea Observatory, one of the toop places for stargazing in the world!

Hawai’i Volcanoes National Park highlights Kilauea, the most active volcano in the United States. The Park is full of volcanic wonders to explore.

October is the best time to go. Expect average highs of 86’F and low of 74’F. Kona offers tropical weather so expect lots of humidity and about 2″ of rain.

Some international destinations offer direct flights into Kona. However, if that is not the case, expect to fly to Honolulu, then transfer to a domestic flight.

There is lots to see and explore on the Big Island so be prepared to rent a car.

A fantastic place to stay for luxury and amenities is the Hilton Waikoloa Village. It has multiple pools, slides, a man-made bay, dolphin experience, and even a train to take you to all the different parts of the complex.

Eastern Sierra Nevada, California

By Dhara from Roadtripping California

One of the best October getaways in the USA to see fall colors, outside of New England, is the Eastern Sierra of California. In addition, October is the best time to visit because the foliage colors generally peak in this month. 

A  Highway 395 road trip  from Lake Tahoe to Lone Pine is the best way to enjoy the region, or you can base yourself in Mammoth Lakes, a resort town and popular destination that is centrally located, and explore north or south on a scenic drive or road trips. 

One of the best things to do, of course, is to drive around to photograph the stunning fall foliage, in all shades of yellow to orange to red to burgundy. Pick up a brochure at the Mono County tourism office in Mammoth Lakes to discover the “must-not-miss” drives. 

The region is famous for its many alpine lakes, so be sure to go boating or kayaking to see the fall season from a different perspective. The June Lake area features a number of lakes, where you can rent boats at the marinas. 

Take the gondola to the top of Mammoth Mountain for the best way to see a panoramic view of the surrounding countryside. Have a meal or do some wine tasting of some world renowned California wines at the restaurant at the summit, or enjoy some hiking!

Lastly, consider enjoying some of the amazing hot springs in the area. Benton Hot Springs is just under an hour’s drive from Mammoth Lakes. They are some of the purest hot springs in the world. Natural mineral water rises to the surface at 140º. In addition, Benton is a fascinating small town with a rich mining history.

Average highs in the Eastern Sierra Nevada is around 59 °F with evening lows around 26 °F. There isn’t much rain in October.

Reno is the most convenient international airport. From Reno, drive about 45 minutes to Lake Tahoe to begin your exploration.

Dhara says, “The Village at Mammoth Resort is a convenient place to stay in Mammoth Lakes. It is located close to shopping and dining and offers well-appointed units of different sizes.”

Phoenix, Arizona

By Samantha from My Flying Leap

The “Valley of the Sun” is a popular destination in the United States, and October is the best time to visit. The scorching summertime desert starts to cool in late September, and by October, you’ll find some of the best weather all year round. 

People flock outdoors starting in early October to enjoy the desert. They take to the mountains and hiking is a favorite local pastime. Some favorite trails are Camelback, Piestewa Peak, South Mountain Park, and the Superstitions east of town.

The Desert Botanical Garden is great place to go to fall in love with the desert. They offer a lot of events like Sonoran Sippin’ , an evening event with live music and breathtaking sunsets. 

October is also the start of festival season in Phoenix, with favorites like Oktoberfest and the Arizona State Fair. There is also Local First Arizona Fall Fest celebrating all things local in Arizona and supporting small businesses. And, who wouldn’t love the Arizona Taco Festival, the first taco festival in the world.

There are also several fun pumpkin festivals celebrating the fall season. There is the Schnepf Farms Pumpkin and Chili Party, Tolmachoff Farms Pumpkin Days and Corn Maze, and Mother Nature’s Farm Halloween Pumpkin Patch.

October is the perfect time of year to visit Phoenix. Whether you visit for the incredible weather, the fall festivals, or the many other fun things to do in Phoenix , you’re sure to have a great time.

Average highs in October in Phoenix are around 88 °F with evening lows around 65 °F. There is little rain or humidity.

Fly into Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport in metro Phoenix, only 20 minutes from the downtown area. You’ll need a car to get around most of Phoenix but it’s easy as much of the city is grid lined.

Samantha says, “Stay in downtown Phoenix as it’s easy to get around. For a modern and fun hotel, stay at FOUND:RE Phoenix hotel, or for something more historic and retro, try the Clarendon. They’re both great mid-range hotels.”

Stowe, Vermont

By Kat from World Wide Honeymoon

One of the best trips to take in October in America has to be the charming small town of Stowe. This idyllic place in New England is well known for its fall foliage, stunning vistas, and lovely covered bridges, all of which make this one of the most beautiful places to visit in October!

Once you arrive in Stowe, you could easily turn this into a Vermont fall road trip . However, if you’re short on time, then an October weekend getaway would be perfect.

To see the best that the fall season has to offer, go on hikes to capture the lovely colors and mountain views. Stowe Pinnacle has an iconic vista of the mountain landscape and valley floor below, where you’ll spot little farms and small towns along with vibrant fall colors in the first half of the month.

Sterling Pond is another great hike where you will see a stunning pond in the mountains. And for those who aren’t into hiking, take a scenic drive through Smugglers Notch for spectacular views! 

Aside from leaf-peeping, explore covered bridges, like Gold Brook Covered Bridge and Red Covered Bridge. Then, enjoy a walk around Stowe and pop into a few breweries, like the world-famous The Alchemist or the von Trapp Brewery & Bierhall.

If you’re looking for a special event, the Stowe Foliage Arts Festival happens in early October and is perfect for art lovers! 

October is the best time to visit Stowe and Vermont. This gem of a town is a relaxing escape full of vibrant fall leaves, art, and lovely views.

Average highs are 55 °F with evening lows at 38 °F. There is around 3″ of rain in the month.

To reach Stowe, you’ll need to fly to Burlington International Airport and then drive for 45-minutes. As this is a smaller airport, you can also fly into New York City, take the 8-hour Amtrak train to Waterbury station and then a 15-minute drive or taxi ride into Stowe.

Kat says, “No matter what you do, though, a visit to the Trapp Family Lodge is ideal for watching a sunset over the mountains from this Austrian-inspired chalet! To make your trip even more memorable, a stay here is even lovelier!”

Weston, Missouri

By Steve Coffee from Maps Over Coffee

Weston, Missouri is a fantastic town to visit any time of year. It’s a quaint small town with cute shops, restaurants, and pubs to explore. Campers come through during the warmer months to visit Weston Bend State Park , one of the more beautiful state parks in Missouri. In the winter months, people flock from miles around to nearby Snow Creek for a taste of skiing and snowboarding… well, more like downhill ice skating. 

But the small town comes alive each October during its annual AppleFest. You can visit small and medium-sized family farms where you can pick your own apples right off of the tree. It is a wonderful charming October getaway in the USA.

Apple picking alone is a great way to spend a Saturday afternoon. But afterwards, head into town to see that this town knows how to throw down!

You’re immediately taken back in time at the city center. Old buildings with mom-and-pop shops and local restaurants line the streets. In addition, vendors from all around proudly display their wares at the biggest block party around! Live music, hot food, and local crafts all vie for your attention in a laid back atmosphere reminiscent of a time before color tv. 

Just off of the city center, you will find even more local treasures. Local wineries with wine tasting, coffee shops, breweries, and restaurants all take part in the fun. Catch a bite of lunch at O’Malley’s Pub. Built in an old limestone cellar and featuring a rotation of Irish bands, O’Malley’s is literally an underground Irish pub. 

Weston offers beautiful fall temperatures with average highs around 67 °F and evening lows around 47 °F. There is around 2.8″ of rain in October.

Weston is a short drive from Kansas City , about 20 minutes north of Kansas City International Airport. If you are up for a road trip, head over to St Louis and check out these delicious St. Louis foods !

Steve says, “Offering several bed-and-breakfast options, there are plenty of places to stay in Weston. Maybe none as cool as the historic Saint George Hotel. With 26 rooms and a bar and grill, the Saint George has all of the charm of a boutique hotel while offering a true taste of Weston’s best cuisine.”

Savannah, Georgia

By Sydney from A World In Reach

If you’re searching for one of the best cities to visit in the United States in October look no further than Savannah, Georgia. This charming Southern city is the perfect place to visit during the spookiest month of the year. There are plenty of things to see and do that’ll keep you busy on a weekend trip .

A visit to Savannah isn’t complete without exploring its Historic District. Here, you’ll find 22 historic squares as well as some of the prettiest homes and churches in the city. Spend a day exploring the Historic District before taking a break to relax in Forsyth Park, home to the iconic Forsyth Fountain.

While Savannah is a great destination year-round, visiting in October is really special. As one of the most haunted cities in the country, the city is abuzz around Halloween. Many bars have special Halloween parties and events. Don’t miss going on one of Savannah’s many different ghost tours – from haunted hearse tours to adults-only bar crawls, there’s a tour perfect for everyone.

Savannah’s weather in October is cooler and less humid than summer months. Average highs are 77 °F with evening lows of 60 °F. You can expect around 3.1″ of rain.

If you’re flying into the city, you’ll arrive in Savannah at the Savannah/Hilton Head International Airport (SAV), located just about 25 minutes from the city center.

Sydney says, “The Andaz Savannah is one of the best hotels in town. Located in the Historic District, the Andaz is within walking distance of Savannah’s top sights.

Southern Illinois Wine Country, Illinois

By Ladona from Walking The Parks

The Shawnee Hills Wine Trail is a scenic road trip through Southern Illinois that gives you a taste of the heart of America. In October, you’ll experience one of America’s most overlooked regions while sipping on award winning wines and enjoying nature.

This rural landscape has it all! The dozen wineries you visit each offer something different. You could find yourself at a small, niche winery where the server just might be the vintner who shares with visitors tales of the grapes. Your next stop might be a large modern winery overlooking stunning valleys – not only providing beautiful views but live music on their sprawling lawn.

Gorgeous hiking opportunities are abundant in the Shawnee National Forest that surrounds the wine trail. Most popular is Garden of the Gods (not to be confused with the one in Colorado), with sandstone sculptures that have been formed over time by wind, rain, and snow. You’ll discover breathtaking bluffs dropping more than 100 feet and rock formations with names like Camel Rock and Anvil Rock in one of the most beautiful places in Illinois.

If you want more adventure, try horseback riding at Giant City State Park (and if you get a brown horse, don’t forget to choose a name from this list of chestnut horse names ), zip lining through the forest canopy or rock climbing on the sandstone bluffs.

October is the best time to visit Southern Illinois. The weather is cool and comfortable and fall colors are exploding throughout the National Forest.

Average highs in October are around 69 °F with evening lows of 47 °F. There will be an average of 3″ of rain.

Fly through nearby St. Louis Missouri airport and combine this road trip with a few days of fun in the city.

Ladona says, “The area is home to beautiful rental cabins, including tree houses. Consider staying at the Giant City State Park in either its historic lodge built by the Civilian Conservation Corps in 1936 or one of its rustic cabins that were the backdrop for the movie Gone Girl.

For accommodation outside the park, take a look at Makanda Inn And Cottages.”

Mount Rainier National Park, Washington

By Jessica Schmit from Uprooted Traveler

While plenty of destinations have beautiful fall foliage, certain areas of the Pacific Northwest – including  Mount Rainier National Park – explode with vibrant autumnal colors making this US destination of the most beautiful for October trips. They come from the falling leaves from its soaring trees and the succulents and wildflowers scattered across its rolling meadows.

One of the best areas of the park to visit in the fall is the Paradise section, the southernmost part of the mountain that often remains snow-free throughout October. As a home base, consider staying in Ashford, Washington- just a stones’ throw from the park’s Longmire entrance, with a smattering of cute hotels and coffee stands. 

From here, make your way to the Skyline Trail in Mt Rainer , a 5.5 mile trail that will bring you face-to-face with the mountain and along a path that traverses vibrant fall foliage. Alternatively, continue along to Naches Peak Loop, a portion of the Pacific Crest Trail that takes you through stunning subalpine meadows bursting with colors, while Mount Rainier soars overhead. 

If you’re looking for a less active way to explore the park, consider driving the Chinook Scenic Byway , a 107 mile scenic drive that snakes through both Mount Rainier National Park and Mount Baker- Snoqualmie National Forest. This guides you through some of the most beautiful places in the region but also provides an excellent tour of the best fall colors the Cascade Mountains have to offer.

With out-of-this-world scenery and gorgeous fall foliage, October is the perfect time to explore Mount Rainier National Park, one of the best places to visit in the USA.

Average highs in October are around 61 °F with evening lows around 43 °F. Expect lots of rain with 5.4″ over 12 days.

To get to the Park, you can fly into Seattle-Tacoma International Airport. Depending on what part of Mount Rainier you’re visiting, it will take you anywhere from 1 1/2 hours to 3 hours drive from the airport.

Jessica says, “If you’re looking for accommodations in the small town of Ashford, consider Stormking Cabins and Spa. It mixes upscale amenities, like rooms with private hot tubs, with the rustic coziness you’d expect of a quaint inn bordering Mount Rainier.”

New York City, New York

By Victoria from Guide Your Travel

Most tourists visit New York City during the summer or between Thanksgiving and Christmas. However, people under-appreciate the beautiful fall season when Central Park and the rest of the city truly comes alive with breath-taking autumn colours. It is, quite simply, the best time to visit.

During October, New York is often blessed with mild temperatures making it the perfect time of year to explore the city. October is also the month of Halloween. The weeks before you can enjoy crazy decorations and finally the NYC Village Halloween Parade which is a big annual parade that takes place on the 31st every year. Admire spooky costumes and don’t forget to get dressed up for this fun event. 

Another great event during October is Diwali. Every year the Hindu festival of lights is celebrated at Times Square and it’s quite the spectacle. There are free concerts, performances, cultural foods and lots of music and small parades.

The best way to spend a beautiful fall day in New York is to walk The High Line . This public park is built on former elevated railroad tracks which is the perfect way to see the city from above and appreciate the fall foliage. You also walk through gorgeous gardens, art exhibits and even artisan food stands making this stroll a full interactive experience.

For an even better view, head to the Vessel at Hudson Yards and admire the vistas on this free interactive art work that takes you into the sky. For other exceptional New York City activities, please see 10 Best New York City Attractions .

If you are looking for helpful travel tips to make your trip to New York City less expensive and safe, please see 50 Best New York City Tips For First Time Visitors .

Average highs are 65 °F in October with evening time lows around 52 °F. Expect around 3.5″ of rain.

There are three international airports John F Kennedy International Airport, LaGuardia Airport, and Newark Liberty International Airport. They each offer shuttle services, ride shares, and bus access to NYC. Newark offers a train to Penn station in downtown NY.

Victoria says, “If you’re looking for a great place to stay that is close to all the action but still reasonably affordable for Manhattan then definitely look into the Fairfield Inn and Suites. This hotel belongs to the Marriott family and is a great choice for travellers wanting to explore New York in October.”

Bodie State Historic Park, California

By Zoe from Together In Transit

A great place that you should not miss is Bodie State Historic Park and October is the best time to visit. It is an hour’s drive east of Yosemite National Park, making it the perfect place to stop on a road trip or day visit. 

Bodie State Historic Park is a genuine California gold-mining ghost town located high in the hill tops and one of the best state parks you can visit. You can walk in the footsteps of a once populated 10,000 person town. However, these days it’s a true ghost town, with many shops and houses left in their original state. 

The State Park offers daily tours that you can join, exploring the old gold mine or some of the original houses. Alternatively, you can pick up a self-guide tour book and tour at your leisure. The most famous landmark is the church. Its’ peak creates a gorgeous silhouette all year round. 

October is a great time to visit, as it’s not as busy as the summer months, allowing you to truly experience the “ghost town”. However, the weather can change quickly, so dress appropriately. 

Bodie State Park is one of the best state parks for accessibility, including dogs, and it’s great family destination . As the park is kept in its’ original state, you need to bring your own supplies, including food and drink.

Average highs are 76 °F in October with evening lows around 50 °F. There is very little rain in October.

The closest airport to Bodie is Mammoth Yosemite Airport around 63 miles away. The closest international airport is in Reno around 132 miles away.

Zoe says, “For our visit to Bodie State Park, we chose June Lake Villager. This cute hotel was in an ideal location for our visits to both Bodie and to Yosemite. In addition, we loved opening the curtains and seeing the mountain covered in trees, creating that in-the-middle-of-nature feeling. There was free parking included, a delicious little restaurant nearby and a lake for early morning walks.

Mammoth Lakes is only 23 miles away. For other accommodation options, please take a look at the hotel recommendation in this article under the heading, Eastern Sierra Nevada, California.”

Coastal Mississippi, Mississippi

By Charles from McCool Travel

After the summer humidity eases and the hurricane threat has passed, Coastal Mississippi offers some of the best beach vacations in October in America. Mild temperatures mean that you can still enjoy the gorgeous beaches but also can comfortably do more outdoor activities like kayaking, fishing, and golfing.

One of the top  things to do in Coastal Mississippi  in October is attend Cruisin’ the Coast. Cruisin’ the Coast is the most popular annual event along the Mississippi Gulf Coast and is nicknamed America’s Largest Block Party. Thousands of hot rods and antique/classic vehicles parade along a 30-mile portion of the scenic coastal highway for an entire week during early October.

Coastal Mississippi calls itself the Secret Coast and there is no place like it. It is one of the rare spots in the world with massive and magnificent live oak trees along the coast (see the Friendship Oak at the University of Southern Mississippi in Long Beach).

Several Coastal Mississippi museums will awaken your creative soul. Walter Anderson Museum of Art (in Ocean Springs), Ohr-O’Keefe Museum of Art (in Biloxi), and Shearwater Pottery (in Ocean Springs) are amazing art museums. Maritime and Seafood Industry Museum (in Biloxi) covers the history of the former “Seafood Capital of the World.” Mississippi Aquarium (in Gulfport) just opened in 2020.

Try creative coastal cuisine, including fresh Gulf seafood and local produce from James Beard award-winning chefs at Vestige (in Ocean Springs) and White Pillars (in Biloxi). But you also cannot go wrong with shrimp and grits anywhere or a po’ boy from Bozo’s (in Pascagoula) or Le Bakery Cafe (in Biloxi).

Definitely do not leave Coastal Mississippi without putting your feet in some of the softest, cleanest, and whitest sand in the world. Stay and savor one of their phenomenal sunsets .

Average highs in October are 80 °F with about 3″ of rain and 10 days of humidity. Accordingly, if you are looking for a tropical beach destination in the United States in October, this would be an ideal vacation spot.

Visitors arriving by plane can fly into Gulfport Airport or New Orleans (and drive a little over an hour). Roadtrippers can find Coastal Mississippi by heading south from I-10 between Pascagoula and Bay St. Louis.

Charles says, “The Roost in Ocean Springs is a remarkable small independent hotel, has won multiple design accolades, including from Architectural Digest for best hotel in south US.”

“The owners also operate Inn at Ocean Springs, a two suite luxury property, and The Beatnik, a new hip property.”

“Bay Town Inn in Bay St Louis is on the west side of Coastal Mississippi. It is a super cute inn owned and operated by a long time New Orleans tourism executive.”

Grand Teton National Park, Wyoming

By Lotte from Phenomenal Globe Travel

Grand Teton is a beautiful National Park to visit year-round but October is quite possibly the best time to visit. You’ll have the amazing fall colors (almost) to yourself and won’t have to worry about a booked-out campground.  

Hiking is one of the top things to do in Grand Teton NP. Check trail conditions at the visitor center as it can snow by late October and not all trails may be accessible. Also, if you’re planning to go hiking with little kids, ditch your  stroller  and bring a baby carrier instead.  

Another excellent activity in October is to take a scenic drive along Inner Park Road. It is often cited as one of the best drives in the US to see wildlife. Drive slowly and keep your eyes peeled… If you’re lucky you may see animals such as elk, moose, and even wolves and bears.  

Weather is already cooling down by October. Average highs are 54 °F with evening lows around 27 °F. There isn’t much rain in October.

Jackson Hole Airport is the closest regional airport and is in fact, located inside Grand Teton NP. International travelers should fly into Salt Lake City International Airport and drive from there (around 5 hours). 

Lotte says, “By mid-October all campgrounds will close down. Not to worry though, as you can easily stay in the nearby town of Jackson. A nice place to stay is the Elk Country Inn.”

Shenandoah National Park, Virginia

By Julie from Fun In Fairfax VA

October is a great time to visit Shenandoah National Park when fall foliage colors the mountains of Virginia. Autumn colors start at the higher elevations in early October, then progress down the mountainsides throughout the month. Peak foliage is dependent on rainfall and temperature, but mid-October is generally the most colorful time to visit. 

It’s easy to view the  fall foliage in Shenandoah National Park  by car and on hiking trails. Scenic Skyline Drive winds its way for 105 miles along a ridge of the mountains and includes 75 overlooks. Stop at a few overlooks on each side of the drive for beautiful eastward and westward views.

Traffic can be heavy in October, so make this a full day trip if you want to complete the whole drive. Alternatively, focus on the Park’s Central District, where the highest elevations offer dramatic views of the most beautiful places. 

The central section of the park also includes some of the best hikes for foliage views. Hike the easy 1.5-mile trail to Stony Man Summit, or the steeper 0.9 mile trail to Little Stony Man for great westward views.

Hikers enjoy nearly 360-degree views after a moderate hike to Mary’s Rock or a short but challenging rock scramble up Bearfence Mountain. After your hike, stop at a park lodge restaurant for a meal with a view.

Expect daytime highs of 68 °F and evening lows around 45 °F. There will be about 3″ of rain.

The closest airports, Washington Dulles and Regan National Airport are just one-and-a-half hours east of Shenandoah National Park, so it’s easy to visit on a day trip from Washington DC.

Julie says, “Stay at one of the park’s two lodges—Skyland or Big Meadows—and allow extra time to enjoy the colors of October.

The town of Luray is another good base for your visit to Shenandoah. The town offers several comfortable hotels with easy access to  Skyline Drive  and the popular Luray Caverns.”

Napa Valley, California

By Emma from Emma Jane Explores

Napa Valley is one of the best places to visit in the USA in October as the rolling vineyards of Napa succumb to the cooling temperatures and transform from a lush, vibrant green into shades of red, orange and gold.  

Napa is made up of a collection of sweet towns, including Napa, St Helena, Yountville, American Canyon and Calistoga. Each of these gorgeous locations has its own regional charm.  

Naturally, one of the best things to do in Napa Valley is simply drive through the region, admiring the beautiful scenery. Of course, it would be almost rude to not stop at a few wineries along the way to admire their spectacular grounds and do some wine tasting.  

Artesa Wines is a great winery to visit as their tasting room is huge and open, offering exceptional views through the valley to really see those autumn colours on the vines. Make sure you wear your best wine tasting outfit and enjoy this special experience.

Average highs are 75 °F with evening lows of 49 °F. In October, there is hardly an rain and no humidity.

Napa Valley wine country is just an hour and a half’s drive from San Francisco International Airport.

Emma says, “The quirky El Bonita Motel is a lovely place to stay in St Helena and features an outdoor fire pit. St Helena also features the incredible Farmstead restaurant which is a farm to table eatery serving up delicious food in a renovated barn.

Salt Lake City, Utah

By Christina from Travel 2 Nest

You don’t have to be a devout Mormon or an avid skier to enjoy Salt Lake City. History, culture and food make this city a cultural gem for all visitors – not just those visiting Temple Square. So whether you’re passing through for business or pleasure, spend some time in Utah’s state capital and experience what the “Crossroads of the West” has to offer.

In October, scents from colorful trees will fill your nostrils and remind you that everything is right with the world during this beautiful time of year. You’ll wonder why you haven’t visited sooner but will soon discover why Salt Lake is one of the best US cities for October holidays.

With so many  things to do in Salt Lake City , you’ll want to stay a few days. Temple Square is where the famous Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints is headquartered. It is a spot that attracts 6 million visitors each year to learn about the history of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints and visit the beautiful gardens.

Many museums and art galleries cater to various age groups and interests, including world cultures at the Natural History Museum of Utah, the Discovery Gateway Children’s Museum, and the Utah Museum of Fine Arts.

October is one of the best times to visit. It is packed with events such as Oktoberfest celebrations, concerts and football games. In addition, the fall is the start of the theatre season and the return of the Utah Opera. 

Lovers of the outdoors will enjoy hiking up Grandeur Peak for one of the best views of the Salt Lake Valley. The 6.5-mile round-trip trail starts at Church Fork Trailhead in Millcreek Canyon and follows a stream into the forest before climbing uphill. There are fantastic views and wildflowers to admire along the way.

Expect beautiful fall temperatures. Average highs are 65 °F with the evenings dipping to 43 °F. There is very little rain.

Fly into Salt Lake’s international airport and within minutes, you will be in downtown Salt Lake.

Christina says, “Consider staying at one of the many hotels around Temple Square, such as Salt Lake City Marriott City Center or Salt Lake Plaza Hotel”

Asheville, North Carolina

By Gabby from Journey To The Destination

Asheville, North Carolina is one of the most beautiful destinations in the United States, especially in October.

Some of Asheville’s best things to do include visiting the Biltmore House, checking out the local breweries, and driving on the Blue Ridge Parkway. 

The Biltmore House is a giant, beautiful mansion that was built in 1895. It has a library, indoor pool, bowling alley, and 65 fireplaces. You can spend all day exploring the mansion, the gardens, and sipping wine at the winery. 

Did you know that Asheville has more local breweries per person than any other US city? If you are someone that loves craft beer, Asheville is a dream destination for you. There are more than 100 local beers for you to try.

One of the best things to do in Asheville during October is drive on the Blue Ridge Parkway. The Blue Ridge Parkway is a 469-mile road spanning from the mountains of North Carolina to Shenandoah National Park in Virginia (for more information about what to do in Shenandoah National Park, see above). This beautiful drive feature overlooks, hikes, and plenty of waterfalls. It is especially gorgeous in October with the colorful leaves. 

Temperatures in October are mild with highs of 67 °F and lows of 46 °F. You can expect around 3″ of rain.

You should start by flying into the Asheville Regional Airport. If you are traveling to Asheville from a country outside the United States, you may need a connecting flight into Atlanta or Charlotte. 

Gabby says, “If you are looking for a beautiful hotel in Asheville, consider staying at The Inn on Biltmore Estate. This four-star inn offers beautiful views of the Appalachian mountains, hiking trails, bird watching, and a conservatory.

Outdoor activities will be especially beautiful in October with the changing leaves. Also, you will be just a few steps away from all that the Biltmore Estate has to offer.”

Bozeman, Montana

By Jen & Ryan from Passions And Places

The gateway to both Yellowstone National Park and Big Sky Ski Resort, it’s no wonder  Bozeman, Montana , is such a popular tourist destination. Most visitors come either during peak season in the summer or to ski in the winter, but Bozeman is actually one of the best places to visit in the USA in October.

You’ll enjoy it crowd-free, and Montana State University’s campus will be in full swing with events. In addition, the Fall Farm Festival at nearby Rocky Creek Farm is on. Every Friday, Saturday, and Sunday throughout the month, the farm opens up for tours, hayrides, pumpkin patches, and more fall fun. Don’t forget to indulge in a cider doughnut!

Hitting the trail is the perfect way to see the fall colors in the area, and in a state renowned for its hiking, Bozeman has some of the best. The relatively short hike to the “M” above town is a popular one with locals; for a longer trip, hike out to Lava Lake. Or make a day trip to Yellowstone, where you can choose from dozen of trails (and see Old Faithful erupt, of course!).

A museum is the perfect complement to all the outdoor adventuring offered in Bozeman. The Museum of the Rockies is one of the best in the state (and one of the top paleontological museums in the country). Make sure you save time to see a show in the planetarium.

It is already cool in Montana. Average highs are 57 °F with evening lows of 32 °F. It doesn’t rain much in October.

Bozeman Yellowstone International Airport is just 8 miles outside of Bozeman.

Jen and Ryan say, “A newly-renovated retro motel, the RSVP Hotel, is one of the town’s hippest places to stay – and in October, you’ll be able to score a more affordable off-season rate. It’s located right downtown, just 15 minutes from Bozeman-Yellowstone International Airport.”

Burlington, Vermont

By Haley of Barefoot Travel

Burlington, Vermont is one of the coolest towns in New England, and one of the best small towns to visit in the USA in October. This is because of the beautiful fall colors, pleasant weather, and fun fall activities you can only do in the month of October. 

The weather in Burlington is extraordinary in October. The air is crisp, the days still have plenty of sunshine and the temperatures are reasonable in the evenings. You also get to fully admire the magic of the changing of seasons, as the trees will all be different beautiful hues of red and yellow.

There are many excellent hikes around Burlington, including exploring Shelburne farms . In October, you can pick your own apples. Better yet, you can stay at Shelburne farms. It offers an adorable, affordable, Victorian style bed and breakfast stay.

Wonderful weather aside, there are special events in Burlington that only occur in October. This includes the Burlington film festival, one of the oldest in the world, which features films about global issues. These happen right on Church Street in the heart of Burlington.

Average highs are 58 °F with evening lows of 43 °F. Expect around 3.2″ of rain.

Burlington has its own international airport and its only around 11 minutes to downtown Burlington.

Arches National Park, Utah

By Agnes from The Van Escape

Visiting Arches National Park in October is a great idea. The most important reason is the weather. Utah is extremely hot during the summer. October is cooler, so the weather is perfect for hiking.

Moreover, it isn’t crowded. Summer is a peak season, so it isn’t easy finding a parking spot, and there are many people on the trails. October is the start of offseason, so it’s much calmer. What’s more, prices are more affordable. Fall also brings intense, rich colors of the red rocks.

Arches National Park contains the highest density of natural arches in the world. There are 2000 natural sandstone arches and unique geological formations. One of the best things to do is take the 36 miles Arches Scenic Drive. This paved scenic drive offers a lot of viewpoints of fabulous arches and La Sal Mountains’ viewpoint.

Arches National Park also offers amazing hiking trails. One of the best, especially to watch the sunset, is the hike to Delicate Arch. It’s a little challenging – 3 miles / 4.8 km round trip – but it’s worth the effort. It is breathtaking in the sunset.

Average highs are 69 °F with evening lows of 44 °F. There is very little rain and no humidity.

The closest airport is Salt Lake City, which is 230 miles northwest of the Arches. It’s approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of driving. You can also fly into Denver (Colorado) or Las Vegas (Nevada) which have a larger network of international connections and will likely offer more favorable flight prices.

Agnes says, “The best place to stay is in Moab. This charming town offers a large selection of accommodation for each budget. What’s more, there are great restaurants, souvenir shops, and local tourist offices offering interesting attractions, such as rafting on the river.

A great hotel is Wingate by Wyndham Moab. It’s only 12 miles from the entrance to Mesa Arch. It provides spacious, comfortable rooms with air conditioning and free WiFi. The hotel features an outdoor swimming pool, a fitness center, and a 24-hour front desk.”

New River Gorge National Park, West Virginia

By Megan from Red Around The World

New River Gorge National Park is in the hills of West Virginia. It is an amazing place for an October trip in the United States for two reasons. The weather is perfect and the leaves are changing color.  

While you’re there, make sure to stop at the Grandview Overlook to see the New River below, one of the best views in the park. Drive the seven-mile Fayette Station Road from the Canyon Rim Visitor Center to the river and the New River Gorge Bridge, all the while admiring the changing leaves.

If you prefer to be active, hike the short boardwalk to Sandstone Falls (don’t forget to stop at the Sandstone Falls Overlook on the way there) to see the widest waterfall on the New River. Alternatively, hike some or all of the moderate five-mile Glade Creek Trail through the woods to admire the waterfalls. If you’re feeling really adventurous, do some whitewater rafting on the New River.

No matter what you decide to do at New River Gorge in October, you’ll have the pleasure of admiring the beauty of West Virginia in perfect fall weather. Leaves will be blazing in reds, yellows, and oranges everywhere you look. 

Average highs are 67 °F and evening lows are 46 °F. Expect around 2.5″ of rain and no humidity.

The closest major airport is Yeager airport, 70 miles away in Charleston, West Virginia, but there are smaller towns closer to the park that you can explore.  

Los Angeles, California

By Dymphe from Dymabroad

One of the best cities for an October getaway in the USA is Los Angeles. This is the largest city in California and the 2nd-largest city in the country. Los Angeles is mainly famous for the entertainment industry, the great climate, and the many sights in the city.

One of the best things to do in LA is to see the Hollywood Sign. This is a very popular landmark that is well-known all around the world. You can view it from below or you can hike to the top of Mount Lee where it is located. You get beautiful views of the city as well. The Hollywood Sign is also one of the most  Instagrammable places in LA .

Another great destination is Hollywood Boulevard where there are lots of museums, sights, and places related to the entertainment industry. For example, the Hollywood Walk of Fame is located here.

In addition, there are lots of fantastic beaches in Los Angeles, including Venice Beach. You can spend the day shopping, eating, and people watching at this very popular spot.

Visiting Los Angeles in October offers a lot of special events. For example, you can enjoy live music at the JazzTrax Festival held on Catalina Island. In addition, Oktoberfest is celebrated with Bavarian culture, food, music, and dance.

Finally, a lovely event is Rise Festival. During this festival, thousands of illuminated lanterns rise to the sky during the night surrounded by music. This is truly incredible to see.

For those of you keen to enjoy more of what California offers, take an October road trip. Start in San Fransisco, stop in Los Angeles, and then, end in San Diego. Each city is completely different and offers many fantastic things to do.

In San Fransisco, rent a bike and cycle across the iconic Golden Gate Bridge. Alternatively, take a cable car from Powell Street and Market Street to see incredible views of San Fransisco Bay.

In San Diego, spend the day at Balboa Park, San Diego’s version of Central Park. It is home to concerts, art venues, and beautiful gardens. For a more relaxing day, head to one of the many beautiful beaches.

Los Angeles offers lovely warm temperatures of 78 °F during the day and 60 °F at night.

October is a perfect time of year to visit many places in the United States in this fall season . In the north, you get to visit many beautiful places and witness breathtaking autumn colors. In the south, temperatures have cooled from the sizzling heat of the summer. You can now explore stunning cities, charming towns, and national and state parks in lovely weather without lots of crowds. If you are celebrating a special anniversary, there are lot of long-distance anniversary ideas to keep any couple happy.

Similar Posts

20 Best Cheap Warm Winter Destinations In USA (2024)

Last Updated on March 13, 2024 by Nicole Once the temperatures cool, and rain or snow begins to fall, it…

20 Best Places In USA To Celebrate A 30th Birthday (2024)

Last Updated on March 11, 2024 by Nicole A 30th birthday is a milestone event. Gone are the starving student…

27 Best Spring Weekend Getaways In USA (2024)

Last Updated on May 6, 2024 by Nicole There are many fabulous spring destinations in the United States perfect for…

10 Best New York City Attractions With Teens (2024)

Last Updated on March 11, 2024 by Nicole Going to New York City is an expensive proposition for anyone. Add…

20 Best Honeymoon Destinations In Europe In November (2024)

Last Updated on March 13, 2024 by Nicole Europe offers many fantastic honeymoon vacations. Whether you wish to explore romantic…

22 Best Things In Downtown Chicago With Teens (2024)

Last Updated on March 1, 2024 by Nicole I have had the pleasure of visiting Chicago countless times over the…

Privacy Overview

DOWNLOAD THE ITINERARY

• Email Address *

22 of the Best Places in the USA to Visit in October

09/03/2023 by Kristin Addis Leave a Comment

It’s finally getting chilly after a sweltering summer, and now you’re looking for the best places in the USA to visit in October. Traveling during this time is definitely a treat, as October is the definition of “sweater weather.”

From cozy getaways to spooky Halloween celebrations, from peaceful road trips to unconventional fall destinations, this list will give you some much needed autumn travel inspo, so you can have a fabulous time traveling the States this October:

1. Maui, Hawai’i

If you’ve been itching to visit Maui but get the nervous sweats every time you look at flights, perhaps an October visit might help you avoid sticker shock. This time is shoulder season for the Hawaiian Islands , meaning cheaper flights and accommodations if you book far enough in advance.

While a tropical vacation doesn’t necessarily capture that cozy autumn essence that so many people yearn for, you’ll forget all about the pumpkins (and pumpkin-spice lattes) as soon as you get a glimpse of Maui’s immaculate scenery. Incredible black-sand beaches, enchanting bamboo forests, gushing waterfalls, and much more await you on this gorgeous island. Plus, the weather in October is warm without being too hot, and precipitation is low. Perfect beach weather, especially for snorkeling !

Table of Contents

2. Mount Rainier National Park, Washington

Can you imagine unzipping your tent and seeing the golden morning sun illuminate vibrant valleys full of fiery autumn leaves? If you venture to Mount Rainier National Park , you just might be able to find these kinds of views and more by visiting in October.

The name of the game in this incredible national park is getting out for a hike, and boy, are there plenty to choose from ! Plus, it’s less crowded in October, so you can enjoy it in a more leisurely fashion.

This month might be much chillier in Washington than it is in other places throughout the US, so make sure to pack plenty of layers, especially if you’re camping.

3. Mammoth Lakes, California

With brilliantly clear lakes that reflect light perfectly and vibrant yellow aspen trees, Mammoth Lakes is one of the most scenic places you’ll find in the US, especially in the fall. Mammoth Lakes is a popular winter destination , mostly among skiers, so visiting in October offers a far less crowded experience, as many people prefer visiting between December and February.

Mammoth Lakes is in eastern California, close to Yosemite. While Yosemite is an incredible park to visit any time of year, it is one of the most popular and therefore the most crowded in the country. Mammoth Lakes is a great alternative, with gorgeous scenic drives like the June Lake Loop , on which you’ll see some amazing fall colors. The October chill also makes for a great stop at the numerous hot springs, like Willy’s and Hilltop.

4. Mendocino, California

Mendocino is what autumn dreams are made of. While many claim that it’s in an eternal spring, October’s multicolor scenes add a special flair that only a fall visit can grant. Whether you’re catching a sunset at Headlands State Park, hiking to the waterfall at Russian Gulch State Park, or simply cozying up in a seaside cabin with a cup of hot cocoa, you’re sure to be enchanted by this destination. There’s no wonder why it’s one of the best places in the US to visit in October.

I highly recommend making Mendocino a stop on an October road trip through NorCal , as there are so many other places nearby that are worth visiting too. Some notable stops are Glass Beach in Fort Bragg and Redwood National and State Parks, among many others.

5. Twin Falls, Idaho

In case you missed it, Idaho is a big BMTM favorite when it comes to hidden US gems. In and around Twin Falls there is plenty to do , and the October scenery is the cherry on top. From deep canyons to thundering waterfalls and tons of hot springs (check out Kirkham Hot Springs ), southern Idaho is spilling over with natural wonders.

With the autumn leaves in their full colorful splendor during the month of October, the already-gorgeous views around Twin Falls are even more magical. Though it might be too chilly to take a dip in the blue waters at the swimming holes in Box Canyon State Park , the weather is perfect for a soak in Miracle and Banbury Hot Springs. Or even better, take a longer trip to see the rest of the amazing hot springs all throughout Idaho ! You’ll have a great time no matter when you go, but it’s one of the best places in the USA to visit in October.

6. Las Vegas, Nevada

Considering the extreme temperatures, you might be surprised to know that summertime is actually the most popular season to visit Las Vegas. So escape the crowds — and the heat, for the most part — by visiting Sin City in October. Since there are so many amazing outdoorsy places just outside of town, you’ll be glad you opted for an autumn trip.

Besides hitting up some of the obvious Vegas landmarks and perhaps checking out a casino or two, consider venturing out to Red Rock Canyon or Valley of Fire State Park . You can also easily get to the Hoover Dam, Death Valley National Park , and the quirky Seven Magic Mountains art installation, all within a few hours at most.

7. Stowe, Vermont

Old English architecture and rolling green hills topped with a rainbow of colorful trees await you in the ski town of Stowe this October. This New England town captures the best things about fall, with ample small breweries, locally produced cheeses and maple syrup, quaint farms, and chilly weather that is perfect for an evening by the fire.

To really get into the spirit of autumn, take the gondola up to the top of Stowe for amazing views. Then, get the most out of the fall colors by checking out the trails around Camel’s Hump. Read all of the best things to do here

8. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

Being such a historic city, there are plenty of museums, theaters, galleries, and other landmarks to visit in Philly any time of year. However, the fall foliage and perfect sweater weather that October brings only makes it that much more magical. Bundle up with your favorite chunky scarf and hit the streets of Philadelphia to explore its rich history and culture.

Did you know that Philly puts on the largest Halloween celebration in the country? Between the abundance of haunted houses, parades, shows, and other spooky events , this is perhaps the liveliest time to visit Philadelphia. If Halloween isn’t your main motivation for traveling here, you can also enjoy the city’s gigantic Oktoberfest celebration , or head to Wissahickon Valley Park to enjoy the fall colors.

9. Hudson Valley, New York

For pumpkin patches, apple cider mills, and brilliant fall foliage galore, head to the quaint and charming Hudson Valley in New York. This region stretches between NYC and Albany, with mountains alongside. Throughout the Hudson Valley, you’ll find a variety of orchards and farms where you can pick your own fruits, with crips apples and juicy pears coming perfectly ripe in October.

The Hudson Valley is bursting with fun things to do , and the area is perfect for a fall road trip. Go for a hike at Minnewaska State Park Preserve or try rock climbing at Mohawk Preserve . Explore charming small towns like New Paltz, Beacon, or The Hamlets — or simply go for a scenic drive through the Catskills. Some of the best routes include Old Route 28 to 212 from Phoenicia to Woodstock, Route 44/55 from New Paltz to Kerhonkson, and Seven Lakes Drive in Harriman State Park. These are all perfect for leaf peeping!

10. New York City, New York

Let’s face it, is there really a bad time to visit NYC? I have to say that there’s something extra magical about a big city in the fall, though. From strolling through the paths of Central Park to admire the warm-colored trees to hitting up the city’s best museums, there’s an endless array of things to do in NYC (pssst, many of them are free !).

There are a number of festivals and events here in October, such as Oktoberfest NYC and the New York Film Festival , plus a ton of Halloween events. One of the most notable such celebrations is the Village Halloween Parade , which takes place in Greenwich Village on the 31st.

No matter how you spend your October trip to New York, you’re bound to have a stellar time, even if it’s just wandering the streets of Manhattan with a warm drink in hand.

11. Salem, Massachusetts

This one might be a no-brainer. Salem is one of the most legendary spots to celebrate the spooky Halloween season, so it’s no surprise that it’s one of the best places in the USA to visit in October. As it’s the site of the 1692 Witch Trials, chances are you’ve at least heard about the lore surrounding this national historic landmark.

Each October, Salem hosts a variety of spooky events leading up to the big Halloween celebration every year. These range from the Salem Psychic Faire & Witches’ Market to the Salem Zombie Walk; you can find a comprehensive event calendar here . I also recommend doing at least one haunted tour and visiting the Salem Witch Museum .

Keep in mind that October is the town’s busiest time of year, so you will encounter crowds. However, they’re more manageable during the week and toward the beginning of the month. In any case, book your accommodations well in advance to avoid price spikes.

12. Bar Harbor, Maine

As the jumping-off point for Acadia National Park, Bar Harbor is one of the most scenic cities in New England. It’s also one of the best places in the USA to visit in October because of the fall foliage at the national park and gorgeous nighttime views, due to very low light pollution. Since October is a relatively dry month, the night skies during this time are ideal for stargazing.

With crisp, sunny days throughout the month, you’ll love checking out the beautiful Acadia National Park, strolling through downtown Bar Harbor, or checking out one of the many history museums in the city. This is also the perfect time of year to do a historical walking tour , as you’ll get to see the cute Halloween decorations throughout town.

13. Traverse City, Michigan

Michigan very well may take the cake when it comes to Midwest natural beauty. With hundreds of miles of lakeshore, cozy small towns, and tons of acres of forests and parks, Michigan is well worth an October visit. One of the best places is Traverse City, which sits nicely on the shore of Lake Michigan and has some spectacular autumn views.

Traverse City is a real charmer, with plenty of things to do during any season. From heading out on a boat ride to strolling through the historic downtown area, there’s variety too. Summer is peak season here, like many places in the Midwest, so you’ll be able to enjoy Traverse City’s beauty without the crowds in October. Go for a hike at Hickory Meadows, a drive through the Tunnel of Trees, or take a day trip to Sleeping Bear Dunes National Lakeshore. However you decide to spend your time in Traverse City, you’re sure to fall in love with this Midwestern gem.

14. Mystic Hot Springs, Utah

I think we’ve all agreed that orange is October’s color, right? You don’t need a bunch of jack-o-lanterns to get your fill of orange hues at Mystic Hot Springs, because this vibrant color is everywhere here! From the rock formations to the surrounding sandy earth, this region of Utah is known for its saturated colors, which are even more vibrant at sunrise and sunset.

October is a fantastic time to visit Mystic Hot Springs , because the cooler temps are ideal for soaking in the steamy waters here. Summertime is the most popular season to visit, meaning October has thinner crowds and is all around more peaceful. You can rent a cabin or sleep inside a renovated camper van for a full-on hippie experience at this desert oasis. It’s the perfect October getaway for those who want to get off the beaten path and connect with nature in a unique way.

15. Aspen, Colorado

October is your last chance to hike through the yellow speckled hills of Aspen before the frigid winter kicks in. You’ll see snow-capped mountains and ridges lined with golden aspen trees, which give the city its name.

Since Aspen is such a bustling ski destination in the wintertime, visiting in October means you’ll get to take advantage of its beauty without so many crowds. Granted, there’s really no bad time to visit Aspen. Besides hitting the hiking trails and strolling through the quaint town center, you can also enjoy a spooky nighttime ghost tour to get into the spirit of Halloween.

16. Havasu Falls, Arizona

If you’ve been itching to see the stunning baby-blue water at Havasu Falls in Arizona , October is a fantastic time to do it. The summer heat deters many visitors from making the long hike to the falls, so anytime in September and especially October is ideal, because it’s cool enough to endure the hike but warm enough to be able to swim in the water. There’s also less of a likelihood of flash flooding during this time, as there’s generally less precipitation.

Getting to Havasu Falls is an adventure in itself and requires quite a bit of preparation. You must have a permit to visit, which you can get here . Reservations tend to sell out, so make sure to get yours as soon as possible. All the preparation is definitely worth it, as this is truly the hike of a lifetime, which an incredible payoff when you reach the waterfalls.

17. Albuquerque, New Mexico

Get ready to experience the very best of Albuquerque by visiting in October during the city’s International Balloon Fiesta . This legendary celebration takes place each year during the first week of October and features all kinds of hot-air balloon activities, from twilight balloon glows to balloon rodeos.

There are plenty of other things to do in Albuquerque while you visit as well. Check out the surrounding natural areas from above on the Sandia Peak Aerial Tramway, or learn about the region’s past at the Albuquerque Museum — but don’t forget to try all the different green and red chile dishes when you visit. Another huge plus for visiting Albuquerque in October is that the weather is still quite warm, with temperatures hovering in the high 70s and low 80s. That makes it the perfect pick for someone who wants to avoid the autumn chill.

18. Big Bend National Park, Texas

If you haven’t been to West Texas yet, this is your nudge to consider it. The wild landscapes of Big Bend National Park highlight this region’s jaw-dropping scenery, including impressive mountains that plunge into reddish-orange canyons with rivers winding through them. It’s not just the daytime when you can feast your eyes on Big Bend’s natural beauty, either. Here you’ll find some of the clearest nighttime skies in the US, meaning ample stargazing opportunities .

October is one of the best months to visit Big Bend National Park, because the weather could not be more ideal for hiking. Summertime is sweltering here, but highs during the month of October stay around the low 80s, with temperatures dropping into the high 50s at night. It’s the perfect time to visit, especially if you’re planning on camping in Big Bend .

19. Great Smoky Mountains National Park, Tennessee

Whether you choose to admire the Great Smoky Mountains via the Blue Ridge Parkway or venture deep into the national park, October is an incredible time to do it. While September brings golden hues, as aspen leaves are at their peak, October’s fall colors here are a glory to behold too. Vibrant bursts of red next to golden and orange hues await you, along with pops of deep green pine trees.

Great Smoky Mountains National Park is undoubtedly one of the best places in the country to see fall foliage, but that’s not all there is to do there. Embark on a jeep tour through the park, check out Cade’s Cove, explore Clarksville (and Dollywood!), or even get your adrenaline pumping on a white-water rafting adventure. However you build your October itinerary for the Smokies, you’re guaranteed to have an awesome time.

20. Shenandoah National Park, Virginia

When it comes to autumn leaf peeping, there are few better places to do so than Shenandoah National Park in Virginia . There’s something about those seemingly endless rolling hills, whose shadows and peaks bring more depth to the already-stunning spectrum of fall colors, that is nothing short of marvelous.

As such, it’s no surprise that you won’t be alone in your search for the perfect lookout point in Shenandoah, as October is one of the most popular times of year to visit. However, navigating the crowds might be totally worth it when you see just how beautiful it is. Cruise along Skyline Drive , hike to Hightop Summit , or check out one of the park’s waterfalls. Remember that since this is high season for Shenandoah, campsites and lodging within the park fill up quickly on the weekends, so it’s best to book months in advance if you can.

21. Asheville, North Carolina

Though in the south, Asheville has eccentric vibes of its own. It’s in the mountains and has a thriving art scene, and it’s packed with significant historical characters, too. For instance, the Vanderbilt’s built the country’s largest house here !

Asheville isn’t known as a cheap vacation destination, but it is entirely possible to visit and have an amazing time while on a budget. Here’s a list of budget-friendly and amazing things to do . October is a beautiful time to be in the mountains. Cideries will be open, the leaves are changing colors, and the weather is perfect for hiking.

23. New Orleans, Louisiana

New Orleans is a wonderful destination for a solo female traveler looking for plenty of things to do and friendly people to meet. Here’s our solo traveler guide to the city , and an itinerary to help you plan your trip . Make sure you check out the Bywater District , and if you’re vegan, there are some amazing restaurants to try!

NOLA is gorgeous in October, plus… autumn means cooler temperatures, lower prices and smaller crowds. Not sure what to bring for a weekend trip ? Here’s a comprehensive packing list for a variety of activities you’re sure to do when you visit!

Now that’s a heavy dose of October travel inspo! I hope this list of the best places to visit in the USA in October helps you choose the perfect fall trip for you.

Where will you travel to?

About Kristin Addis

Kristin Addis is the founder and CEO of Be My Travel Muse, a resource for female travelers all around the world since 2012. She's traveled solo to over 65 countries and has brought over 150 women on her all-female adventure tours from Botswana to the Alaskan tundra.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

 subscribe to our newsletter

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Genius tips, tricks & beautiful things, straight to your inbox every day.

© 2010-2021 Wow Media Products, Inc doing business as PureWow. All rights reserved.

The 10 Best Fall Road Trips in the U.S., No Question, Hands Down

PureWow editors select every item that appears on this page, and the company may earn compensation through affiliate links within the story. All prices are accurate upon date of publish. You can learn more about the affiliate process here .

Summer travel has been stressful, to say the least. With the increase of travelers returning to airports and hotels after two years of a pandemic, it’s been a challenge to find anxiety-free experiences that don’t involve lost luggage, high prices, long delays or straight-up canceled flights . Luckily, there’s a solution for those looking to book a fall trip: hit the road. A fall road trip in the U.S., whether it’s over a weekend or comprising an entire week, is the perfect way to experience new destinations without the complication of flying. It’s also a great opportunity to set your sights on colorful fall foliage. The U.S. offers a plethora of options for an autumn road trip, from mountains of Colorado to the coast of California, and it’s easy to find something that is close to your homebase. So pack a sweater, grab your pumpkin spice latte and fill the tank—the open road is waiting. 

11 Easy One-Tank U.S. Road Trips Because Gas Is Expensive and Airports Are Chaos

1. San Juan Skyway – Durango, CO to Durango, CO

Suggested Itinerary: 236 miles, 3-4 days, stops in Cortez, Telluride and Ouray

Why We Love It: mountain views, hot springs, fall foliage and historic sites

Where to Stay: The Strater Hotel (from $246 per night), Inn at Lost Creek (from $506 per night) 

The San Juan Skyway is a picturesque loop through southern Colorado—a fabulous alternative to popular destinations like Aspen—which begins and ends in Durango. It traverses multiple spots, including the ski town of Telluride, and it’s a great way to ogle the fall colors while also enjoying new destinations like Mesa Verde National Park and the historic mining town of Ouray. Notably, there are multiple hot springs off the route, so be sure to stop for a soak. Because the journey is circular, travelers can adjust their routing based on how many days they want to spend on the road. If you have extra time, staying an extra night or two in Telluride is a great bonus, especially for hikers and mountain bikers. 

2. Finger Lakes – Ithaca, NY to Ithaca, NY

Suggested Itinerary: 110-140 miles, 5 days, stops in Ithaca, Seneca Falls and Watkins Glen

Why We Love It: fall foliage, charming towns, wineries, nature

Where to Stay: La Tourelle Hotel & Spa (from $204 per night), Barrister's Bed & Breakfast (from $210 per night) 

The Finger Lakes, located in upstate New York, are comprised of 11 lakes and dozens of charming small towns . The area is best known for its wine production, meaning there are tons of wineries to explore, but it’s also an especially nice region to traverse by car. From Ithaca, located on the edge of Cayuga Lake, head to Taughannock Falls State Park before spending a day or two exploring the Cayuga Lake Wine Trail. While you can take any number of routes around the Finger Lakes, we suggest continuing to Seneca Falls and then looping south along the west coast of Seneca Lake to the charming town of Watkins Glen. Be sure to explore the Finger Lakes National Forest before returning to Ithaca, or opt to continue on into Pennsylvania. 

3. Pacific Coast Highway – Los Angeles, CA to Monterey, CA

Suggested Itinerary: 315 miles, 2-5 days, stops in Santa Barbara, Pismo Beach and Carmel-by-the-Sea

Why We Love It: seaside towns, beaches, wineries, nature, camping

Where to Stay: Getaway Cabin (from $229 per night), Upscale Guest House (from $129 per night)

Explore the California coast with a road trip up the iconic Pacific Coast Highway . Start in Los Angeles and then head north with a stop in Santa Barbara and Solvang (home of some great wineries). Along the way, travelers can explore Pismo Beach and Morro Bay, spend an afternoon at Hearst Castle or detour inland to San Luis Obispo. Take a hike near Big Sur before relaxing in Carmel-by-the-Sea, a seaside town known for its beach and nice restaurants. You could continue all the way to San Francisco , but Monterey makes for a nice end point. This is a trip that could last two days, or could be expanded into a week if you want to add a few extra overnights at the beach along the way. 

4. Blue Ridge Parkway – Charlottesville, VA to Asheville, NC

Suggested Itinerary: 435 miles, 2-4 days, stops in Roanoke, Boone and Asheville

Why We Love It: fall foliage, charming towns, nature, camping

Where to Stay: Historic Urban Loft (from $242 per night), Foxglove Cottage (from $100 per night) 

Kick things off in Charlottesville before following the Blue Ride Parkway through southwestern Virginia into North Carolina. This is more of a countryside road trip, with some small towns along the way. Mostly, you’re here for the leaves, which make the parkway one of the best destinations for fall (mid-to-late October is when you’ll find the colors at their most vibrant). The route is adjacent to two national parks—Shenandoah and Great Smoky Mountains—which are ideal for hiking, cycling or camping, if you’re so inclined. Be sure to spend a day or two in Roanoke, a great homebase for leaf viewing, along the way. 

5. The Enchanted Circle Scenic Byway – Taos, NM to Taos, NM

Suggested Itinerary: 83 miles, 2 days, stops in Eagle Nest, Questa and Red River

Why We Love It: weekend trip, camping, culture 

Where to Stay: Hotel Luna Mystica (from $127 per night), Three Bears Lodge (from $130 per night) 

New Mexico’s Enchanted Circle Scenic Byway is a popular drive that circles the state’s highest peak, Wheeler Peak, and passes through a variety of landscapes. It’s not a lengthy journey, however travelers could extend the drive by staying or camping overnight at various stops. It’s a good pick for those looking to get outdoors, whether it’s fishing, hiking or wildlife viewing, and there’s a lot of history to uncover in Red River and Elizabethtown, an old mining village. Stay an extra day or two in Taos, an artsy destination with lots of galleries and shopping. 

6. North Shore Scenic Drive – Duluth, MN to Grand Portage, MN

Suggested Itinerary: 154 miles, 2-3 days, stops in Two Harbors, Grand Marais and Lutsen

Why We Love It: scenic, less traveled, nature, small towns 

Where to Stay: Park Point Marina Inn (from $124 per night), East Bay Suites (from $142 per night) 

The North Shore Scenic Drive is also know as Highway 61, made famous by Bob Dylan. The route, which begins in Duluth, follows the edge of Lake Superior with plenty of stops at waterfalls, hiking trails and parks along the way. For those in search of fall leaves, make a pit stop in Superior National Forest before ending in the town of Grand Portage. If nature isn’t your vibe, there’s plenty of other things to do near Lake Superior, from the Great Lakes Aquarium to small towns like Two Harbors and Silver Bay. To extend the road trip, continue north into Canada, where you’ll eventually find yourself in Thunder Bay, Ontario. 

7. Cherohala Skyway – Tellico Plains, TN to Robbinsville, NC

Suggested Itinerary: 41 miles, 1 day 

Why We Love It: scenic, one-day, nature, camping, rustic 

Where to Stay: Creekside Paradise Bed and Breakfast (from $143 per night), The Owl’s Perch (from $115 per night) 

Traverse a particularly scenic stretch of Tennessee and North Carolina via the Cherohala Skyway, which has only existed since 1996. It passes through Cherokee and Nantahala National Forests, which means you can stop to explore the paths and hiking trails. There are no gas stations or facilities other than public restrooms throughout the skyway, so come prepared. If you want extend the trip and stay overnight, look for rustic campsites along the Forest Service Road or bunk up in Robbinsville. 

8. Olympic Peninsula Loop Drive – Seattle, WA to Seattle, WA 

Suggested Itinerary: 445 miles, 5-7 days, stops in Forks, Aberdeen and Olympia

Why We Love It: scenic, nature, beaches, big cities

Where to Stay: West Port Marina Cottages (from $155 per night), Forks Aztec Casita (from $250 per night) 

While Seattle is a popular destinations, it’s a bigger undertaking to circle the picturesque Olympic Peninsula. It’s worth it, though: the road trip crosses through both nature and cities, offering the best of both worlds to travelers. Seattle is the easiest place to begin the journey, which loops around the peninsula with a potential detour into Olympic National Forest. There is a lot to see and do along the way, so you’ll want to prioritize your stops. A few must-do’s include Dungeness National Wildlife Refuge, Shi Shi Beach and Aberdeen, which is home to the Aberdeen Museum of History. Bonus: Twilight fans can explore the wooded town of Forks. 

9. Route 100 – Wilmington, VT to Newport, VT

Suggested Itinerary: 193 miles, 3 days, stops in Killington, Stowe and Montpellier 

Why We Love It: fall foliage, scenic, nature, glamping, small towns

Where to Stay: The Stowehof Hotel (from $285 per night), Vermont Cottage (from $225 per night) 

Ah, Vermont in the autumn. This New England state is ideal for a quintessential fall road trip that involves colorful foliage, quaint towns and relaxed hikes through the woods. Route 100 is the best way to experience Vermont this time of year, allowing visitors to meander through the towns and nature areas, with possible stops to see Killington Peak, Green Mountain National Forest and Stowe Mountain Resort, a popular ski area that is equally fun in the warmer months. While there are lots of places to stay along the journey, this is a good opportunity for campers (or glampers) to make the most of being outdoors before winter sets in. 

10. The Mohawk Trail – Williamstown, MA to Athol, MA 

Suggested Itinerary: 63 miles, 2 days, stops in North Adams and Shelburne Falls

Why We Love It: weekend trip, scenic, historic

Where to Stay: Williamstown Cottage (from $187 per night), Tourists (from $328 per night) 

Previously a Native American trade route, the Mohawk Trail is a scenic route that’s perfect for a weekend away in the countryside. It’s a particularly good pick for families as the driving distance is relatively short, but there’s plenty of activities to experience along the way. Hikers will love the trails in Savoy Mountain State Forest and Mohawk Trail State Forest, while those looking for charming New England towns will find Shelburne Falls particularly compelling. Extend the trip by continuing east all the way to Boston, a great destination for an extra few fall days. 

5 Incredible Road Trips to Take from Dallas This Fall

25 Best Places to Visit in USA in October

By: Author Susan Moore

Posted on Last updated: June 23, 2024

October is the month when the temperature begins to drop and the colors in our world begin to change to orange, red, yellows, and browns. A welcome sight, the season of fall is upon us. Now is the time to indulge in everything from apple picking to pumpkin spiced lattes and enjoy scenic fall road trips.

It’s also the perfect time to travel in the US. With cooler temps many places that are too hot during the summer months are now the ideal destination. It’s also a great time to look for lower prices and travel deals.

This list of best places to travel in October is designed to help give you some fantastic fall vacation ideas. So, let’s get into it.

Best Places to Visit in October in USA

Blue ridge parkway (virginia / north carolina).

October is the most beautiful time of the year to drive the Blue Ridge Parkway. No matter where you begin the trip, you’ll be in for an absolute treat.

Throughout the month the leaves along this beautiful landscape are in the process of changing, so it’s okay to visit at the start, middle, or end of the month.

Stops along the way will be rewarded with fall festivities like the Virginia Fall Foliage Festival in Waynesboro and LEAF Festival in Black Mountain near Asheville.

Blue Ridge Parkway is also on our list of best National Parks to visit in fall .

Driving the Blue Ridge Parkway in October is perfect for fall foliage and hiking to the gorgeous waterfalls in the park

Acadia National Park (Maine)

October is definitely the best time to visit Acadia National Park .

The fall season marks lower, comfortable temperatures and not quite as many visitors as the summer peak season.

By mid-October the foliage is in peak form and the best time for leaf-peepers to explore this gorgeous landscape.

The park has so much to offer folks who love the great outdoors. Acadia is the perfect place for fall hikes or bicycling on the carriage roads.

Some shops and businesses in Acadia close for the season after Indigenous Peoples’ Day long weekend, so keep this in mind when planning your trip.

LEARN MORE: 15 Beautiful Places to Visit in Maine

Acadia National Park in October is when peak fall colors make their appearance – and it’s perfect hiking weather too!

Grand Canyon (Arizona)

Visiting the Grand Canyon in October is ideal.

It’s during this time that temps drop low enough to make hiking more enjoyable, and rafting is still an option.

While temps normally reach 65 degrees at the south rim, in the canyon they can reach 85 on the same day.

In October the sightseeing crowds have thinned out significantly. If you want even fewer tourists then head over to Grand Canyon North Rim . Fewer tourists but more trees, so it’s perfect for fall foliage in October!

October at North Rim of the Grand Canyon is beautiful with fall colors and less crowded than South Rim

Page Arizona

The fall is a great time to visit Page Arizona . With temps reaching the upper 70s during the day you’re set to do all of the outdoor activities in and around Page.

Hiking Horseshoe Bend , Antelope Canyon, and Glen Canyon National Recreation Area are delightful in the cooler autumn air.

While the water levels in Lake Powell have dropped significantly in 2022 you can still take part in watersports like kayaking, jet skiing, and fishing.

If it’s convenient for you, consider routing your road trip with a visit to Navajo Bridge on your way to or from Page. The views are spectacular!

While in Page be sure to book a tour of Antelope Canyon for an exceptional slot canyon walk in the Navajo Nation

Moab is the best homebase to explore the beauty of mother nature in southern Utah.

And in the month of October the weather is the absolute best to do just that.

With daytime temps that are in the low 70s, you just have to get outdoors to explore the hiking and biking trails around Moab.

From Moab it’s easy to explore national parks like Arches , Canyonlands , and Dead Horse Point State Park . After October 3rd you don’t need a timed-entry reservation at Arches National Park.

With perfect weather in October, Moab does get busy. Make sure to plan ahead for accommodations and permits.

Choose Moab for an October vacation and visit Arches National Park and Canyonlands

Santa Fe New Mexico

October is arguably the best time to visit Santa Fe New Mexico .

It’s during this time that the weather is just sublime, often in the high 60s during the day making it perfect fall hiking weather.

Check out the popular Atalaya Mountain trail or Nambe Lake Trail if you’re looking for a more strenuous hike. Kasha-Katuwe Tent Rocks remains closed in 2022.

In October, enjoy the Santa Fe Indigenous Peoples’ Day Weekend Celebration . It takes place at Santa Fe Plaza and Museum of Contemporary Native Arts – both places worth visiting any time of year.

And since it’s only an hour away why not visit the Albuquerque International Balloon Festival . Even if you’re not riding high above it all in a hot air balloon, the festival makes the skies come alive. Check out more Santa Fe day trips .

When you’re looking for October vacation ideas Santa Fe is a great option!

Austin Texas

Fall is just about the best time to visit Austin .

With October temps in the upper 70s, everyone’s outside enjoying the city. There is so much to do in Austin in October!

The calendar is full of festivals and events like Austin City Limits Music Festival (ACL) and Texas Craft Brewers Festival . Live Music + Beer is basically why I moved to Austin years ago :)

And the fall weather is just right for hitting the Austin hiking and biking trails.

Pay a visit to the Zilker Botanical Garden to walk the trails featuring gorgeous flowers in themed gardens, waterfalls, and a dinosaur!

At dusk be sure to check out the bats at Congress Avenue Bridge . It’s an amazing sight to see the bats depart for their evening outing. After the first cold snap they head south for warmer temps, October is your last chance to see them until they return in spring.

There’s always live music on the calendar in Austin and some great rooftop bars and restaurants complete the chill vibe in ATX.

Love Halloween? Austin is an ideal city to celebrate with Pumpkin Nights and Halloween parties all over town.

It’s easy to get into the autumn spirit in Austin.

Visit Zilker Botanical Garden for an escape to nature in downtown Austin

Seattle Washington

October in Seattle means mild temperatures (in the 50s) and potentially sunny skies.

There’s always fun stuff to do in Seattle but festivals fill the fall fun schedule including Pumpkin Junction and Octoberfest both celebrating, you guessed it, beer.

October is also the time for the Children’s Festival , Queer Fest , and numerous Halloween themed events.

Plus, October also has the perfect weather to explore Seattle’s great outdoors like Mount Rainier , Puget Sound , and San Juan Islands . Explore more great day trips from Seattle and enjoy the best of the Pacific Northwest.

Sedona Arizona

Cooler fall weather makes for the perfect time to enjoy the outdoors in Sedona .

When the daytime temps are in the upper 70s it’s easy to spend the day admiring the Red Rocks on hikes like Airport Vortex , Cathedral Rock, and Little Horse trail .

Take in the calming vibe at the Amitabha Stupa and Peace Park , a spiritual destination for meditation and prayer.

The fall foliage is another treat in the area. Leaf peepers love visiting the Village of Oak Creek and hiking the Oak Creek Canyon Trail in October.

In town, the Day of the Dead Celebration is tons of fun starting at the end of October to November 2 nd .

Sedona sunsets are the best – especially in the fall when the weather is perfect for outdoor fun

Cedar City Utah

Another great fall vacation idea is to head to Cedar City in southwestern Utah.

Nicknamed the Gateway to Utah’s National Parks, Cedar City is perfectly positioned to visit Utah’s Mighty Five. Both Zion and Bryce Canyon are less than 90 minutes’ drive, while Capitol Reef , Arches , and Canyonlands are easy weekend trips from Cedar City.

Just 170 miles north of Las Vegas and 250 miles south of Salt Lake City it’s an easy road trip to Cedar City.

The city itself is known for its yearly Shakespeare Festival that lasts until the end of October.

The Cedar Livestock and Heritage Festival also takes place in October. It starts with 500 sheep parading down Main Street – something you’ve got to see!

Big Bend National Park (Texas)

It’s no wonder that October begins the high season at Big Bend National Park.

As the temperatures cool off visitors know it’s a great time to venture into the park to explore the best hikes in Big Bend .

When you’re in this remote region the stargazing is rad! Big Bend is also popular for birdwatching, canoe trips on the Rio Grande, and soaking in the hot springs.

Even though there are a lot of people headed to Big Bend in October, don’t let that stop you from exploring this fabulous park.

Instead, plan ahead.

Make reservations well in advance and make sure to have an alternate plan for lodgings just in case. Your options in the park are the rustic Chisos Mountains Lodge or the campgrounds.

There are lots of options for staying near Big Bend and you can easily do day trips from Alpine as your base. Marfa , Marathon, and Terlingua are also great options.

LEARN MORE: 15 Best Places to Visit in Texas

Big Bend in October is an excellent choice for enjoying outdoor activities and exploring West Texas

Lafayette Louisiana

In the heart of South Louisiana, Lafayette is the place to be in October.

The cooler temps make it a great time to paddle through the bayou or discover the beauty of nature in Louisiana .

Head over to Lake Martin or Chicot State Park for outdoor fun. Discover all the best day trips from Lafayette to enjoy unique Cajun Country experiences.

Every October the Festivals Acadiens et Créoles 3-day celebration takes place with of everything Creole, from music to crafts, and of course, food.

For another chance to enjoy everything Cajun, get to the Blackpot Festival and Cook Off at the end of October. Read more about all the best things to do in Lafayette LA .

Would you travel just for the food? Yaaasss! Foodies love Lafayette for the delicious Southern and Cajun cuisine on offer such as gumbo, etouffee, fried chicken, po’boys, and shrimp n grits.

Southern Louisiana in the fall is an excellent idea!

Las Vegas Nevada

Las Vegas is known for fun year-round.

But for the hot summer months you’re tempted to stay indoors because of the sweltering heat. This is not the case in October.

Temps reach into the high 80s early in the month and usually hit the mid-70s by the end of October.

With weather like this it’s easy to stroll along the strip and even dine outside – something you wouldn’t dream about doing in July.

When you think of Vegas you may think it’s all about casinos, but Vegas is so much more than that! For outdoor fun around Las Vegas you’ll love Valley of Fire and Red Rock Canyon .

Check out our list of best weekend getaways from Las Vegas too.

October is just about the perfect time to visit Las Vegas and also enjoy fun outdoor adventures in the Red Rock Canyon

Stowe Vermont

Escape into the majesty of fall in Stowe, Vermont.

This quaint resort town has everything you’d want in a fall getaway.

Fall foliage is the main draw for many visitors to Vermont and Stowe is no different.

Here you can hike or bike the mountains and immerse yourself in the beauty of the changing seasons.

Paddling across rivers and reservoirs around Stowe gives the unique view of the foliage reflected in the water.

Check out Lake Elmore, Winooski River, Lamoille River, and Waterbury Reservoir which also has a lovely beach.

From the last week of September through mid-October is your best chance to catch peak fall foliage in Stowe.

LEARN MORE: 10+ Best Places to Visit in Vermont

Asheville North Carolina

As a city situated in the Blue Ridge Mountains, the fall foliage here is just about the best in the country, making it one of the top places to visit in October.

From here you can head out for a fall day filled with hiking, biking, or picking apples.

Halloween themed events can be found throughout Asheville in October.

It’s also fun to enjoy a drink at any of the 30 breweries in town. Read our full list of   best things to do in Asheville.

And there’s also a ton of cool day trips from Asheville to keep the fun going and fabulous fall foliage along the way.

October is the perfect month to visit Ashville North Carolina and the Blue Ridge Mountains for fall fun and fantastic foliage

Portland Oregon

In Portland , the crisp October air normally gets up to about 50 degrees during the day, which is perfect for getting out into the beautiful city.

With tons of outdoor festivities like harvest festivals, arts events, and even haunted houses you’ll always have things to do.

Some favorites are finding your way through the corn maze on Sauvie Island , watching the Giant Pumpkin Regatta , or enjoying Dogtoberfest , a major event for dog-lovers.

Of course there are some cool day trips from Portland too, like the amazing Multnomah Falls!

Oahu Hawaii

Oahu has pretty constant warm temperatures with highs in the 80s year-round.

The number of visitors to Oahu tapers off in October making it a great time to find deals on travel and accommodations.

There are always great reasons to visit Oahu like snorkeling at Hanauma Bay .

But if you visit in October special events like the Hawaii Food and Wine Festival make it even better.

Rocky Mountain National Park (Colorado)

October in the Rocky Mountain National Park has everything to love about the outdoors in autumn. With hiking, fishing, wildlife viewing, backpacking, and biking, you can’t go wrong.

The benefits to visiting in October is that the crowds have thinned out a bit from peak summer season.

But you’ll still need a Time Entry Permit until October 10 th – after that you can enjoy the park whenever you like, and without so many other people.

The other big plus is the fall foliage. The cool fall air and shorter daylight hours bring the park to a whole new life with the golden aspen foliage.

It’s no wonder that Rocky Mountain National Park is on our list of best National Parks to visit in fall .

Visit Rocky Mountain National Park in autumn for golden aspen foliage

Adirondacks (New York)

The great outdoors reign supreme at the Adirondack Mountains. With so much to do, a visit to the Adirondacks is a no brainer.

Go for a hike up to any of the 46 peaks in the mountain range. Raft through the Ausable Chasm or take a gondola ride on Gore Mountain .

Known for its beautiful fall foliage, any venture in the Adirondacks will have you oohing and ahhing over the gorgeous autumn colors.

Yosemite National Park (California)

An October visit to Yosemite National Park can be just what you’re looking for.

Since it’s shoulder season, chances are you’ll experience less congestion on the trails and not so many people posing for pics everywhere.

Although October daytime temps are normally in the 70s, it can get really cold at night (near freezing) so pack your cold weather gear too.

Rain or snow are possible in Yosemite during the fall. So, make sure to check the weather forecast and bring a good selection of layers to wear.

Take in the wondrous views of Yosemite Valley , El Capitan , Mariposa Grove of Giant Sequoias to name a few of the highlights at the park.

A road trip to Yosemite in October is a great idea and way less crowded than summertime

White Mountains New Hampshire

The White Mountains of New Hampshire are known far and wide for its spectacular fall foliage making it one of the prettiest places to visit in October.

You could come to the White Mountains to view the fall colors, but there’s so much to do, you’ve got to experience it all.

Take an aerial tram at Cannon Mountain , hike to Flume Gorge in Franconia Notch State Park , or drive the Mt. Washington Auto Road to name a few.

For a scenic fall foliage route drive the Kancamagus Highway (locals call it “the Kank”) and enjoy New Hampshire’s White Mountain National Forest with stops at waterfalls and scenic lookouts.

San Francisco California

Fall in San Francisco is delightful when the temps are normally in the 60s and sometimes into the low 70s.

Prime for outdoor fun, there are tons of events and festivals. There’s the Fleet Week , the Outside Lands Music Festival, and the Castro Street Fair to name a few. 

The weather in October is also great to go on a tour or cruise of the Bay Area. And there are tons of great day trips like Muir Woods , Point Reyes National Seashore , or hop across the bay to Oakland and Berkeley.

Since it’s way less crowded in the fall in San Francisco compared to summer you will enjoy it that much more.

San Francisco in October is a pleasant time to visit both for the weather and because there are fewer tourists compared to summer

Washington DC

October weather is perfect for exploring Washington DC. With sunny skies and highs around 70 degrees, you’ll have no problem walking from monument to monument.

The manicured lawns of the National Mall are filled with locals and visitors alike enjoying the sun before the winter season sets in.

With the start of the school year well under way, you’ll find fewer tourists in DC and a better chance for deals on accommodations.

New Orleans Louisiana

You can’t get more New Orleans than Blues and Voodoo.

Although you can experience both in the city any time of the year, the Crescent City Blues and BBQ Festival and the Voodoo Music and Art Experience take place each fall.

If you’re into ghost and vampire tours then New Orleans will be just the right place for you!

This is definitely a reason New Orleans is one of the best places in the South to visit in October.

Fall temps in the city reach into the 80s. It’s a great time of year for a Southern road trip and there’s lots of cool day trips from NOLA , from swamp tours to sandy beaches.

October is the perfect time for NOLA ghost tours and fun times in the Crescent City

Lake Tahoe California

Lake Tahoe is an outdoor dream any time of year. But in October you’ll be able to enjoy it all without the major crowds found in the summer.

The crisp cool air normally reaches the low 60s in October which is perfect for getting your body moving and heart pumping on the trails.

The lake water is pretty cold year-round (in the 60s). If you’re up for a dip in the cool water, then go for it.

Final Thoughts on Best Places to Travel in October

As you can see there are so many great places to visit in October throughout the entire country. No matter how you define fall fun, you’ll find it on the list of best places to travel for an October vacation in the USA.

More USA Bucket List Ideas

28 Epic USA Road Trip Routes

Fall Foliage Maine Road Trip

11 Best National Parks to Visit in Fall

15 Amazing Things to Do in the Smoky Mountains

12 Epic Weekend Getaways on the East Coast

15 Perfect Spring Break Destinations in the USA

Austin to Big Bend Texas Road Trip

15 Utah National Parks and Monuments

15 Best Places to Visit in December in USA

Road trip! Catch October's annular solar eclipse with 4 iconic routes through the US

From the Oregon coast to the red rocks of Utah, these itineraries cross epic landscapes in the path of the annular solar eclipse on October 14, 2023.

1. An outback eclipse in Oregon

2. stargazing and an eclipse in the great basin, 3. an epic national parks eclipse trip, 4. northern new mexico eclipse explorer, additional resources.

To witness a solar eclipse often takes effort, and on October 14, 2023, anyone in the U.S. who wants to see a 'ring of fire' (rather than a partial solar eclipse) will need to be within a roughly 130 miles- (209 kilometers-) wide path stretching from Oregon to Texas. 

So why not combine it with a road trip? Crossing some of the country's most iconic landscapes, National Parks and Dark Sky Parks , the path of the Oct. annular solar eclipse is something to behold for anyone who loves travel, adventure and exploring the night sky .

Covering most U.S. states within the path of annularity — Oregon, California, Nevada, Utah, Colorado, Arizona, New Mexico and Texas — here are seven carefully crafted itineraries to take you on an extraordinary journey to see a 'ring of fire.' solar eclipse .

Related: Annular solar eclipse October 2023: Plan your trip to see the amazing 'ring of fire' eclipse with these top tips  

Duration: 7 days

Start and finish: Portland, Oregon

Recommended eclipse viewing location: Oregon Outback Scenic Byway 

Starting in Portland, spend a week on a scenic drive along the Oregon Coast then dip inland to outback Oregon and adventure capital Bend. On the fabulous coast, be sure to stop for fish and chips in Cannon Beach , cheese at Tillamook and whale-watching from the coast at Depoe Bay . The 'ring of fire' will be visible from a 137-mile stretch starting from here south to Denmark, but this is a famously foggy coast. So a few days before the eclipse head inland at Reedsport to tour Crater Lake National Park — North America's deepest, bluest lake — which is in the path, though the chances of a clear sky here on eclipse day are uncertain (there could even be snow!). 

So instead head down to Klamath Falls either for Eclipse Fest 2023 or to turn off for Lakeview where you can join the Oregon Outback Scenic Byway (a 171-mile route along OR-31 amid arid high desert) to Bend . Good locations for eclipse viewing along the way include Fort Rock Cave State Natural Area (9:18 a.m. for 3 mins 25 secs from 09:18 a.m.) and Summer Lake Hot Springs (9:18 a.m. for 4 mins 25 secs). 

After the eclipse head to Bend, famous for its beer, but surrounded by endless opportunities for outdoor activities — the highlight being hiking at Smith Rock State Park on the way back to Portland. If you have extra days spend them at the Columbia River Gorge National Scenic Area east of 

Duration: 5 days

Start/finish : Las Vegas, Nevada and Salt Lake City, Utah

Recommended eclipse viewing location: Great Basin National Park, Nevada 

Take a one-way rental vehicle in Las Vegas and head north to check out the crimson rock formations Valley of Fire State Park . Then head north on Highway 93 to Ely, home to East Ely Railroad Railroad Museum and Northern Nevada Railway as well as the 30-foot-tall, beehive-shaped stone kilns of Ward Charcoal Ovens State Historic Park . Nearby are several options for a rural 'ring of fire' at 9:24 a.m. including the off-grid Ward Mountain Recreation Area (3 mins 12 secs), the high desert Cave Lake State Park (3 mins 40 secs) and Garnet Hill public recreation area (3 mins 31 secs). However, Great Basin National Park — also a Dark Sky Park with fabulously dark skies — will hold an event in its Astronomy Amphitheater bear the Lehman Caves Visitor Center (9:24 a.m. for 3 mins 48 secs). 

Don't miss the Great Basin Observatory — the first research-grade observatory built in a U.S. National Park and likely open for the eclipse — as well as Lehman Caves , Wheeler Peak Summit Trail and Ancient Bristlecone Pine Forest to see trees dating back 4,900 years. Take Highway 93 north to Interstate 80 and head east to Salt Lake City via remote camping under dark skies at The Knolls and stargazing on Antelope Island State Park , another Dark Sky Park . 

Related: 'Ring of fire' from US national parks: 7 great places to see the annular solar eclipse 2023  

Duration: 14 days

Start/finish: Denver, Colorado and Las Vegas, Nevada

Recommended eclipse viewing location: Capitol Reef National Park, Utah 

Here's an epic journey from Denver to Las Vegas (or vice versa), intercepting the path of annularity in Utah. Begin with a few days at Rocky Mountain National Park before hitting Colorado National Monument on the way to Moab, Utah. Use this small town to access Arches National Park (you'll need a timed entry ticket), Dead Horse State Park and Canyonlands National Park — all three of them Dark Sky Parks. The latter's Grand View Point Road pokes into the northern edge of the eclipse path, which means beautiful Baily's beads within a 'broken annular' eclipse. 

If you'd rather see the perfect 'ring of fire' then push on to the eclipse-viewing event (book in advance) at the Valley of Goblins Observation Point at Goblin Valley State Park (10:28 a.m. for 3 mins 15 secs). Another option — with a longer 'ring of fire' — is the visitor's center at Capitol Reef National Park (10:27 a.m. for 4 mins 29 secs). As you cross the centreline of the path, any RV park, campsite or lodging in and between Torrey and Boulder is perfect. 

Although both have a shorter 'ring of fire', don't miss Kodachrome Basin State Park (10:28 for 2 mins 32 secs) and the iconic Bryce Canyon National Park (10:27 for 2 mins 39 secs at the Visitor Center) further southwest. Next comes a gawp at the amphitheater of Cedar Breaks National Monument and varied hikes around Zion National Park before driving to Las Vegas, possibly via Valley of Fire State Park and, if you have time to kill before check-in, Red Rock Canyon .

Related: Dark Sky Utah: A complete guide to astro-travel in America's darkest state

Duration: 3 days

Start/finish: Albuquerque, New Mexico

Recommended eclipse viewing location: Roswell , New Mexico 

Albuquerque is the second-largest city in the path after San Antonio, Texas, but unless you plan to attend the Albuquerque International Balloon Fiesta it's worth avoiding for eclipse day. A loop north of the city will take you to the hot springs and fumaroles of Valles Caldera National Preserve , Bandelier National Monument 's ancient cliff dwellings, and artsy Santa Fe. For a view of Baily's beads on eclipse day head to Ski Santa Fe on the northern edge of the path. 

Two other locations to the southeast stand out for eclipse-viewing if a long 'ring of fire' is your target — tiny Corona (10:36 a.m. for 4 mins 35 secs) and the UFO capital of the world, Roswell (10:38 a.m. for 4 mins 30 secs). Due south of the latter is Carlsbad, another great location for edge effects, and the gateway to Carlsbad Caverns National Park , a Dark Sky Park with fabulous stargazing. 

Related: Solar eclipses 2023: When is the next solar eclipse?  

Editor's note: In Sept. 2023, it was announced that all Navajo Tribal Parks will be closed from 8:00 a.m. until 1:00 p.m. MDT on October 14, 2023, due to Navajo cultural beliefs surrounding the event. This includes Monument Valley Navajo Tribal Park , Four Corners Monument Navajo Tribal Park and parts of the Tséyi’ Diné Heritage Area in Canyon de Chelly National Monument. Local businesses may also be closed. Please plan your eclipse viewing trip accordingly.

For planning trips to see solar eclipses, the interactive Google Maps on Xavier Jubier's eclipse website is invaluable (and the source for the timings in this article), as are the simulations on Eclipse 2024 and the beautiful eclipse maps on GreatAmericanEclipse.com . Climate and weather predictions by meteorologist Jay Anderson on Eclipsophile.com are equally instructive as are ex-NASA eclipse calculator Fred Espenak's Eclipse Wise and Mr. Eclipse .  

Join our Space Forums to keep talking space on the latest missions, night sky and more! And if you have a news tip, correction or comment, let us know at: [email protected].

Get the Space.com Newsletter

Breaking space news, the latest updates on rocket launches, skywatching events and more!

Jamie is an experienced science, technology and travel journalist and stargazer who writes about exploring the night sky, solar and lunar eclipses, moon-gazing, astro-travel, astronomy and space exploration. He is the editor of  WhenIsTheNextEclipse.com  and author of  A Stargazing Program For Beginners , and is a senior contributor at Forbes. His special skill is turning tech-babble into plain English.

Dark Skys DS-FX star projector review

Bushnell Legend 10X42 Ultra HD monocular review

NASA delays next ISS spacewalk until end of July due to spacesuit leak issue

• 2 Watch India's reusable space plane prototype ace its final landing test (video)
• 3 Perseverance Mars rover team revives life-hunting instrument after 6 months of effort
• 4 International Space Station: Live updates
• 5 Boeing Starliner 1st astronaut flight: Live updates

Are you ready for a Road Trip? Explore these eleven incredible cross-country road trip routes across the U.S.!

Pacific Coast

Border to Border

The Road to Nowhere

The Great River Road

Appalachian Trail

Atlantic Coast

The Great Northern

The Oregon Trail

The Loneliest Road

Southern Pacific

Classic American Road Trips

Pacific Coast Highway

Starting at the northwest tip of the United States at Washington’s Olympic National Park and remaining within sight of the ocean all the way south to sunny San Diego, this 1,650-mile, mostly two-lane road trip takes in everything from temperate rainforest to near-desert.

Highlights along the Pacific Coast Route: Olympic National Park (WA), Three Capes Loop (OR), Redwood National Park (CA)

Historic Route 66

The romance of traveling along historic Route 66 from where it starts in Chicago and ends in Los Angeles continues to captivate people around the world. If you’re looking for great displays of neon signs, rusty middle-of-nowhere truck stops, or kitschy Americana, do as the song says and “get your kicks on Route 66.”

Highlights along Route 66: Chicago (IL), Meramec Caverns (MO), Tucumcari (NM), Painted Desert (AZ), Santa Monica (CA)

• Barnes & Noble
• Books-A-Million
• Indigo (Canada)
• Powell's Books
• Apple Books

Running coast-to-coast from San Francisco to Ocean City, Maryland, “The Loneliest Road in America” is a 3,200-mile odyssey from sea to shining sea. US-50 passes through a dozen different states, four state capitals, and the nation’s capital, Washington, D.C.

Highlights along the Loneliest Road: South Lake Tahoe (CA), Moab (UT), The Million Dollar Highway (CO), Washington D.C.

Following in the footsteps of pilgrims and pioneers, US‑20 takes in a little of everything during its two-lane trek from Oregon’s rugged coast to the glorious sea and sand of Cape Cod.

Highlights along the Oregon Trail: Cannon Beach (OR), Fort Boise (ID), Yellowstone National Park (WY), Mt Rushmore & Carhenge (NE)

Dubbed the Great Northern in memory of the pioneer railroad that parallels the western half of the route, US‑2 is truly the most stunning and unforgettable, not to mention longest, of all the great transcontinental road trips.

Highlights along the Great Northern: Tumwater Canyon (WA), Glacier National Park (MT), Lake Michigan (MI), Acadia National Park (ME)

The Appalachian Trail

This driving route of the Appalachian Trail parallels the epic hike. From the top of New England to the heart of Dixie, it takes you through continuous natural beauty—without the sweat, bugs, or blisters.

Highlights along the Appalachian Trail: Mt. Washington (NH), The Poconos (PA), Shenandoah National Park (VA), Great Smoky Mountains National Park (NC)

Old Man River, Father of Waters, “body of a nation,” Big Muddy: By any name, the mighty Mississippi River cuts a mythic figure across the American landscape. Tag along from its headwaters in Minnesota to where it meets the sea in Louisiana via the GRR.

Highlights along the Great River Road: Main Street USA (WI), St. Louis (MO), Natchez Trace Parkway (MS), New Orleans (LA)

Starting at the Statue of Liberty and ending with a drive across the Overseas Highway to free-wheeling Key West, these almost 2,000 miles of roadway run within earshot—if not sight—of the Atlantic Ocean.

Highlights along the Atlantic Coast: The Statue of Liberty (NJ), Assateague Island National Seashore (MD), Savannah (GA), Cocoa Beach (FL)

Starting at Canada’s Jasper National Park, and winding down in the Sonora Desert, this route traverses some of the wildest and most rugged lands imaginable: mighty mountains, glaciated valleys, raging rivers, and two very different deserts.

Highlights along the Border to Border Route: Columbia Icefield (AB), Bitterroot Mountains (MT), The Extraterrestrial Highway (NV), Joshua Forest Parkway (AZ)

Once the only entirely paved route from Canada to “Old Mexico,” US‑83 cuts across America’s heartland and remains a must-do long-distance byway—transnavigating this broad, odd nation without once grazing a conventional tourist destination.

Highlights along the Road to Nowhere: Sitting Bull Memorial (SD), Nebraska Sand Hills (NE), Monument Rocks (KS), Paint Rock Pictographs (TX)

Following old US-80 and its contemporary equivalents takes you through more varied cultural and physical landscapes than you’ll find along any other cross-country route. From deserts to bayou swamps and Tex-Mex to barbecue, this route offers a full-flavored taste of America.

Highlights along Southern Pacific: The Desert View Tower (CA), Tombstone (AZ), Roswell (NM), Civil Rights Movement National Historic Trail (AL)

The Great American Road Trip: A 4-Month Itinerary Around the USA

The Great American Road Trip. It’s the kind of multi-month adventure most dream about, but few actually do.

While many of us have bucket-list goals of exploring this vast and diverse landscape, more often than not, we end up heading abroad instead. International travel just seems more alluring, exotic, and exciting.

But this country has more than enough eclectic cities, small towns, regional culinary traditions, historic sites, fascinating museums, and natural wonders to keep any intrepid traveler busy.

I’ve done five big US road trips (two that completely crisscrossed the country and three in various regions) that cumulatively add up to a year on the road (and that doesn’t count all the “regular” trips, vacations, and weekend getaways). I’ve seen a lot of the United States.

When COVID-19 caused us to consider our backyard more and more, many Americans turned to domestic travel. We finally got to explore all the wonders our own country has to offer.

So, because of that, I’ve created an epic four-month itinerary for traveling around the States. I think it balances time in cities with relaxing in nature.

It may seem like a lot, but four months just scratches the surface. And, since I don’t expect most of you to have four months, you can easily break this trip into smaller portions. It’s much better to concentrate your focus rather than try to see a lot in a short amount of time.

One note before we begin: There are so many routes you could take that it’s impossible to have one “best” route. The US is just too big. The route below is just one of my favorites. Use it as a starting point for creating your own itinerary that mixes realistic drive times, national parks, and fabulous cities.

Table of Contents

Month 1: East Coast, Southern US

Month 2: south, southwestern us, west coast, month 3: pacific northwest, western us, month 4: midwest, northeast us, days 1-3: boston, ma.

• Walk the Freedom Trail – This 2.5-mile (4 kilometer) route links many historic sites, including the Boston Common, Faneuil Hall, the State House, and Bunker Hill. To get the most out of your experience, take a guided tour . You’ll be able to ask questions to an expert local guide for a more in-depth experience.
• Relax in Boston Common – This is one of America’s oldest parks and was once used as communal pasture land by Puritan settlers. Today, it’s a great place to relax, people-watch, and picnic.
• See the Bunker Hill Monument – The Battle of Bunker Hill (1775) was one of the first major battles of the Revolutionary War. While the British won, the Americans wore British forces down more than was expected. The monument stands 221 feet (67 meters) tall; you can climb to the top to enjoy the best view of Boston.
• Visit the Museum of Fine Arts – This museum has over 450,000 pieces of fine art, covering everything from the pre-Columbian era to Italian Impressionists. It’s one of the biggest collections in the country. It’s free after 4pm on Wednesdays.

For more things to do, check out my free guide to Boston . And, for places to stay, here are my hostel recommendations.

Days 4-8: New York City, NY

• Take a walking tour – To get a feel for the city, take a walking tour. There are myriad free and paid tours on a variety of subjects. Nothing is too obscure. Here’s a list of suggested walking tour companies in NYC .
• Wander Central Park – This massive, 51-block-long, 843-acre park is the best free attraction in town. There are plenty of places to bike, walk, jog, read, picnic, and people-watch. During the summer, there are free concerts and theater productions too. Free tours are run by the parks service. The “Iconic Views of Central Park” tour is offered daily at 10am from the spring to the fall.
• See the Statue of Liberty – You can pay to visit Ellis Island if you want to see the statue up close . However, you can also take a free ferry to Staten Island instead if you just want to see it while passing by.
• Visit the 9/11 Memorial & Museum – At the base of the Freedom Tower is a park commemorating the victims of 9/11. Inside the museum, there are over 14,000 artifacts from that day, as well as 3,500 recordings from survivors, first responders, and family members of those killed. It’s a sobering, eye-opening exhibit. A timed-entry ticket is $19.40 USD.
• Walk the High Line – The High Line is an elevated urban walking park on the west side of NYC. Made from a converted train track, it runs for 22 blocks and is lined with overlooks, gardens, public art, food stalls, and greenery.
• Cross the Brooklyn Bridge – For a view of the Manhattan skyline, walk across the Brooklyn Bridge. It’s a long walk (around 40 minutes if you stop for photos), but the view is worth it — especially at night. It’s free too!
• Explore the Met – The Metropolitan Museum of Art is one of the foremost fine art collections in the world. You can easily spend an entire day here if you wanted to see it all.

If you want more ideas for things to see and do in NYC, here’s a detailed suggested itinerary that can come.

For accommodation suggestions, here is my comprehensive list of hostels in NYC , my recommended hotels , as well as a neighborhood-by-neighborhood guide to the city .  

Days 9-11: Philadelphia, PA

• See the Liberty Bell – This bell, which dates to 1752, is an iconic symbol of American freedom. It’s said to have been rung when the Declaration of Independence was read in July 1776. Today, the bell is located in Independence National Historical Park, which you can visit for free.
• Wander around Independence Hall – Learn about the founding of the United States at Independence Hall, and wander around the area’s historic colonial buildings.
• Explore Franklin Court – This is where Benjamin Franklin lived while serving in the Continental Congress and Constitutional Convention. While his house was torn down after his death in 1790, a hollow structure stands where it was located, and there’s a museum nearby with information about his life and works.
• Climb the Rocky stairs – The stairs from Rocky , the classic boxing film, are located at the Museum of Art. You can’t visit Philadelphia without running up them and doing your best Stallone impression.
• Visit the Magic Gardens – This quirky art gallery is one of the most unique attractions in town: a collection of indoor and outdoor art and mosaics made from broken tiles, glass, and all kinds of odds and ends. Indoors, there’s a more conventional art gallery and space for events and concerts.

Days 12-14: Washington, DC

• Visit the Holocaust Museum – The Holocaust Museum is informative and heart-wrenching. Its permanent exhibit takes up three entire levels and tells the story of the Holocaust through films, photos, artifacts, and first-person stories. Admission is free.
• Tour the Smithsonian – The Smithsonian Institution is a group of world-class museums and research centers. All of them are free to enter. Some of the best museums are: the Air and Space Museum, the African American Museum, the Smithsonian Castle, and the American Art Museum.
• See the Lincoln Memorial – This iconic 19-foot statue is located on the National Mall and pays tribute to America’s 16th president. Built in 1914, it’s surrounded by 36 columns, each of which represents a state in the union at the time of his death in 1865.

For tons more ideas on what to see, here’s my free detailed guide to DC!  

Days 15-16: Shenandoah National Park, VA

Days 17-19: Asheville, NC

• The Biltmore Estate – This is America’s largest house. It’s a whopping 178,926-square-foot mansion surrounded by 8,000 acres of land. The massive estate has over 250 rooms (including 33 bedrooms and 43 bathrooms). I love it!
• Enjoying craft beer – Asheville has over 25 breweries (and there are another 50+ outside town too). Take a brewery tour, or just hop around and sample some local offerings. My two favorites are Bhramari and Wicked Weed.
• Hiking the Blue Ridge Mountains – Parts of the Appalachian Trail can be found here, and there are lots of day or multiday hikes. You can also climb Mount Mitchell, the highest summit east of the Mississippi River.

Days 20-22: Atlanta, GA

• See the Center for Civil and Human Rights – Opened in 2014, this museum highlights the struggles and accomplishments of the civil rights movement as well as human rights around the globe. (To learn more about civil rights history in Atlanta, take this city walking tour with Unexpected Atlanta. )
• Wander the Atlanta Botanical Garden – Escape the urban hustle and bustle with a getaway to this 30-acre oasis in the heart of the city. In addition to its orchids and tropical plants, there’s a 600-foot canopy walk that lets you enjoy the gardens from 40 feet in the air.
• Take a street art tour – Atlanta is one of the best destinations for street art. There are tons of murals along the Krog Street Tunnel and the Belt Line. Take a guided tour or use the website streetartmap.org for self-guided suggestions.

Days 23-27: Nashville, TN

• Attend the Grand Ole Opry – Opened in 1925, this is one of the most famous country music venues in the world. Today, the Opry hosts regular live performances, TV broadcasts, and radio shows. You can buy tickets here or book a guided tour of the venue here .
• See the Parthenon – This full-scale replica of the Parthenon in Athens, Greece, was built in 1897. It was created to celebrate Nashville’s 100th anniversary and chosen because Nashville is called “the Athens of the South” (due to its historic focus on higher education).
• Explore the Country Music Hall of Fame and Museum – This museum has one of the largest music collections in the entire world. There are over 200,000 recordings here, including 98% of music released before World War II. Tickets are $29.95 USD.
• Visit Franklin – Located just 25 minutes outside of Nashville, most people assume Franklin is just another suburb. However, it has a lot going for it: it’s bursting with small-town charm, has stellar food and drink (it’s where I discovered my favorite Bourbon, H Clark), is full of history ( there was a major Civil War battle here ), and has one of the best-preserved historic main streets in the country. I’d spend two nights here.

Days 28-30: Memphis, TN

• Visit the National Civil Rights Museum – This museum traces the history of civil rights from the 17th century to today. It’s housed in the former motel where Martin Luther King Jr. was assassinated. It’s powerful and poignant. Don’t miss it. Admission is $20 USD.
• See the Rock ‘n’ Soul Museum – This museum highlights the musical pioneers of blues, rock, and soul music from the 1930s to the 1970s. There are costumes and recordings, interactive media, and exhibitions on famous musicians from Memphis. A joint ticket that also includes the Music Hall of Fame is $17 USD.
• Stroll down Beale Street – Known as “America’s most iconic street,” Beale Street features many bars where you’ll find Memphis’s best live music. There are also numerous street buskers. If you’re going out at night, start here. ( Backbeat Tours offers guided tours if you’d like to learn more about the street’s history.)
• Day-trip to Graceland – The home of Elvis Presley, Graceland is located a few miles south of town. Even if you’re not a huge Elvis fan, it’s worth a visit to see just how impactful his life and music have been. You’ll see loads of lookalikes and die-hard fans making the pilgrimage to see the King.

Days 31-32: Natchez, MS

• Visit antebellum homes – Built in the early to mid-19th century, these historic homes are Natchez’s main draw. Longwood, Rosalie Mansion, and Stanton Hall were my favorites. Admission is $20-25 USD at each or there is a joint ticket that includes all three for $65 USD.
• Attend the Natchez Pilgrimage – During the Natchez Pilgrimage in the spring, all of the private historical homes open up to the public. The costumed guides explain the history of the home, their owners, and the region. It’s the city’s biggest annual event, and there are some 20 homes on display.
• See the Emerald Mount – Constructed sometime between the 13th and 17th centuries, this was an elevated place of worship for the Plaquemine Native Americans. All kinds of animal bones have been found nearby, leading researchers to believe it was the site of religious or sacred activity.

Days 33-36: New Orleans, LA

• Visit the National World War II Museum – This is the largest World War II museum in America. It’s also one of the best museums in the world. You can listen to firsthand accounts of the war, which make it all feel that much more intimate and impactful. You can get your tickets here .
• Listen to music on Frenchmen Street – Live music is available every night of the week, and there are innumerable venues to listen to blues and jazz. My personal favorite is the Spotted Cat.
• Wander the French Quarter and Garden District – These are two of NOLA’s most iconic and historic districts, full of old French-influenced buildings and grand mansions. You can either do a self-guided tour or go with Tour Orleans to learn more about this beautiful area.
• Take a ghost or voodoo tour – “The Big Easy” has a creepy past. The best way to learn about it is to take a voodoo or ghost tour . You’ll get to see cemeteries, explore haunted buildings, and hear all sorts of unsettling anecdotes and ghostly tales.

For more things to see and do in NOLA, check out this detailed itinerary .  

Days 37-39: Houston, TX

Houston is home to the Space Center and NASA’s astronaut training complex, as well as countless breweries and museums and a killer food scene (definitely go out for Viet BBQ).

These are some things you can do while you’re in town:

• Visit Space Center Houston – This is Houston’s top attraction, bringing in over a million visitors each year. There are over 400 items in the collection, including moon rocks and three spacecraft that were used during missions. Get your timed-entry ticket here .
• Explore the Museum of Natural Science – Opened in 1909, this museum has four floors of exhibitions (as well as a planetarium and an IMAX theatre). There are displays on wildlife, ancient Egypt, dinosaurs, minerals, and much more! Tickets are $25 USD.
• Wander Buffalo Bayou Park – This 124-acre park has all kinds of walking trails and is a nice spot for a picnic, to relax with a book, or to people-watch. There are also lots of concerts and events here too, so check the local tourism office to see what’s coming up.

Days 40-44: Austin, TX

• Relax at Barton Springs – Barton Springs is a pool/creek that locals flock to in warm weather. It’s fed by a natural cold-water spring in Zilker Park and has manicured lawns that are great for lounging on and relaxing when it’s too hot to do much else. You can also rent kayaks and paddle around.
• Go two-stepping – Two-stepping is a popular country dance — and country dancing is one of Austin’s favorite pastimes. To see it in action (and try it yourself), head to the White Horse, where there are free lessons so you can then dance your way around town.
• Enjoy world-class barbecue — Some of the best BBQ joints in the US are here in Austin. If you’re looking to treat your taste buds (and don’t mind waiting, usually a couple of hours), head to Franklin’s or La Barbecue. For something faster, check out Micklethwait Craft Meats.

For way more activities, check out my free guide to Austin ! Since I lived here for so long, I have a lot of suggestions on how to spend your time.  

Days 45-47: Truth or Consequences, NM

Originally named Hot Springs, “T or C,” as it’s known, got its name from a radio contest in 1950. After winning, the town kept the name. Located 10 hours from Austin, T or C is known for its wellness tourism. The entire town was built over a hot mineral spring, so it’s the perfect place to relax at a spa.

Try to explore some of the nearby ghost towns. Winston and Chloride, located north of T and C, are two mining towns that were abandoned in the early 1900s; some of the original buildings still remain.  

Days 48-49: Phoenix, AZ

• See the Desert Botanical Garden – This 140-acre garden is home to over 50,000 plants, including over 14,000 cacti. It’s super interesting!
• Visit the Heard Museum – This museum focuses on Native American art. There are permanent and rotating exhibitions of contemporary art, as well as cultural artifacts that highlight the history and traditions of the region’s native cultures.
• Hike Camelback Mountain – With an elevation of 2,700 feet, this 2-3-hour hike is a fun way to see Arizona’s stunning and arid landscapes. There are two trails, both of which are challenging but rewarding.

Days 50-51: Joshua Tree National Park, CA

A seven-day vehicle pass is $30 USD. It allows multiple entries in case you stay in one of the nearby towns.  

Days 52-54: San Diego, CA

• See the USS Midway Museum – This aircraft carrier was commissioned after World War II and was the largest ship in the world until 1955. It saw action in numerous conflicts, including Vietnam. After it was decommissioned, it became a museum open to the public. Skip-the-line tickets are $32 USD.
• Visit wildlife at the San Diego Zoo – Located in Balboa Park, this zoo is home to over 3,500 animals and 700,000 plant species. It’s a massive 1,800-acre park, and you could easily spend an entire day here. It’s a fun place to visit with kids (there’s even a Children’s Zoo). A skip-the-line ticket is $72 USD.
• Go whale watching – California gray whales migrate from Alaska to Mexico between December and April. They are spectacular to see up close, as they grow up to 49 feet long and live for over 70 years. Tours range from around $60-75 USD depending on length and tour company. A 4-hour tour with City Cruises California is $73 USD.

Days 55-58: Los Angeles, CA

• Wander Hollywood Boulevard – Play tourist and visit the Walk of Fame (where stars have their names engraved in the sidewalk) and Grauman’s (now TCL) Chinese Theatre (featuring celebrities’ handprints and footprints).
• Relax on the beach – At iconic Venice Beach, you’ll find all kinds of street performers, surfers, roller-skaters, and locals and tourists alike soaking up the sun. Some other beaches worth checking out are Carbon Beach, Santa Monica State Beach, Huntington City Beach, and El Matador.
• Visit to the Hollywood sign – Don’t just settle for a photo of the sign — go see it up close. The three trails that you can take (from easiest to hardest) are the Mt. Hollywood Trail, the Brush Canyon Trail, and the Cahuenga Peak Trail. Bring water and sunscreen, as the hike will take a few hours. If you don’t want to go solo, guided hikes to the Hollywood sign cost $25 USD.
• Go hiking – LA is an active city, and locals love escaping the hustle and bustle as often as they can. Some trails worth checking out are the Charlie Turner Trail (90 minutes), Runyon Canyon (45 minutes), Portuguese Bend Reserve (3 hours), and Echo Mountain (3–3.5 hours).

For an even more detailed list of what else you can see and do while in LA, check out my Los Angeles travel guide . For accommodation suggestions, here are my favorite hostels in Los Angeles .  

Days 59-61: Las Vegas, NV

• Explore Fremont Street – Old Vegas is full of sketchy bars, vintage casinos, and a Bourbon Street vibe. It makes for an interesting contrast to the sleek and polished Strip. There are lots of cover bands, buskers, and celeb lookalikes pandering for paid photos, as well as people-watching, cheap slots, and cheap drinks. There’s also an hourly light show on the ceiling above the street. Las Vegas Walking Tours offers a 3-hour tour of Fremont Street if you’d like a bit of a deeper dive.
• Hike Red Rock – Just 30 minutes outside town, Red Rock Canyon offers plenty of hiking and biking trails. Just make sure to arrive early in the morning before it gets too hot. Red Rock Discovery Tours also offers guided hikes starting at $95 USD (includes round-trip transportation from Vegas).
• Visit the Neon Museum – This is essentially an eclectic graveyard for the huge lights and signs that once beckoned to tourists from casinos like the Silver Slipper, Stardust, and El Cortez. It spans three acres and gives you a glimpse into the city’s shining and sinful past. Admission is $20 USD.
• See the Grand Canyon – Rent a car and drive the four hours to the South or North Rim of the Grand Canyon . It’s one of the most epic, iconic sights in the country and absolutely worth the drive. If you can, hike down to the bottom and stay the night. It’s an amazing experience! And if you want to dive deeper into this beautiful area, check out HoneyTrek’s Grand Circle Road Trip .

For more activities (and there’s plenty to choose from that don’t involve gambling), here is my comprehensive guide to Las Vegas .  

Days 62-64: Yosemite National Park, CA

Days 65-67: San Francisco, CA

• Walk the Golden Gate Bridge – When it opened in 1937, the Golden Gate Bridge was the world’s longest and tallest suspension bridge. Spend some time walking across to enjoy the view of the bay and the ships coming and going.
• Tour Alcatraz – One of the most infamous prisons in the country, Alcatraz housed some of the nation’s worst criminals (renowned gangster Al “Scarface” Capone spent four years here). Today, it’s a national landmark where you can take tours, step foot in the cells, and learn about its grim history. Tickets are $53.25 USD. There are also many joint ticket options, such as this one that includes a cruise around San Francisco Bay .
• Relax at Golden Gate Park – This gigantic park features a Japanese garden, museums, an arboretum, a carousel, and many hiking and walking trails. It’s a whopping 20% bigger than New York City’s Central Park, so you easily could spend an entire day here relaxing, walking, and lounging.

Again, for even ways to spend your time in SF, here’s my guide to the city . And, for suggested places to stay, here’s a list of my favorite hostels in San Francisco .  

Days 68-69: Redwood National Park, CA

Given the drive time from SF, spend two nights here to make sure you get some good hiking in.  

Days 70-73: The Oregon Coast

• Binge on oysters – I’ve grown to love oysters in recent years and some of the best in the country can be found in Oregon. Some of my favorite places I stopped at were from Shucker’s Oyster Bar (Lincoln City), Oregon Oyster Farm and Mo’s Seafood & Chowder (both in Newport), and Clausen Oysters (North Bend).
• See Thor’s Well – This coastal sinkhole near Cape Perpetua is known as the Drainpipe of the Pacific. While it can be dangerous to get too close (it’s very easy to get swept away into the water or rocks), you’ll nevertheless see tons of tourists posing for pictures near the well. It’s worth a stop to snap some quick pics.
• Relax at Cannon Beach – This iconic beach is long and sandy and is best known for its photogenic Haystack Rock, a giant rock jutting out of the ocean just offshore. There are plenty of tide pools and places to picnic here, and the town itself (also called Cannon Beach) is full of all kinds of cafés and artisanal shops.

Here’s a list of my favorite things to see and do along the Oregon coast to help you make the most of your drive.  

Days 74-76: Portland

• See Pittock Mansion – Built in 1914, this 46-room French Renaissance-style mansion was originally owned by a wealthy couple from England. Today, it’s part of the National Register of Historic Places. Inside, you’ll find beautiful artwork and furniture collected by the original owners. Admission is $16.50 USD.
• Devour some donuts – Portland is known for its donuts. Voodoo Doughnuts put Portland on the map with its weird and wonderful combinations, such as Cap’n Crunch and maple bacon. Some argue that Voodoo is for tourists and that actually Blue Star makes better donuts. Try both and see for yourself! You can also take a donut food tour with Underground Donut Tours for $70 USD.
• Hike the Columbia River Gorge – Located east of town, here you’ll find waterfalls (including Oregon’s tallest, Multnomah Falls), scenic vistas, and hiking trails. Some suggested hikes are Dry Creek Falls (easy, 2 hours), Wahkeena Falls Loop (moderate, 3 hours), and Starvation Ridge and Warren Lake (hard, 8 hours). Guided hikes with Wildwood Tours cost around $80 USD (transportation included).

For more suggestions on how to spend your time in Portland, here’s a list of the best things to see and do in the city!  

Days 77-79: Seattle, WA

• Explore the Seattle Center – Seattle Center is home to the Space Needle as well as a complex of entertainment venues: the Museum of Pop Culture (formerly the Experience Music Project), the Science Fiction Museum and Hall of Fame, the Pacific Science Center, and the outdoor Mural Amphitheater, as well as the International Fountain and the Armory food court. Don’t miss the views from the top of the Space Needle ( get your skip-the-line ticket here )!
• Wander Pike Place Market – Pike Place Market is one of the oldest farmers’ markets in the US. It’s a nine-acre, four-floor sprawl of shops, stalls, galleries, and cafés (including the original Starbucks location) selling everything from crafts to flowers to fresh produce. Wander, eat, shop, and enjoy the ambiance. Show Me Seattle offers food tours of the market for a more guided experience.
• See the Boeing Museum of Flight – This museum highlights planes and spacecraft through the ages, offering insight into how flight has evolved over the decades. You’ll also get a chance to see the original Boeing “factory.” The original Air Force One is here too. Admission is $26.

For more things to see and do, here’s my in-depth guide to Seattle . And here are some budget-friendly accommodation suggestions for your visit.  

Days 80-82: Missoula, MT

• Tour the breweries – For such a small city, there are breweries and bars everywhere (Montana has the third-highest number of craft breweries per capita in the country). Don’t miss Bayern Brewery (the state’s first craft brewery), Draught Works Brewery (which has live music three nights a week), and Imagine Nation (which is also a community center). If you visit in April, you can attend the Missoula Craft Beer Week.
• Hike the M – Mount Sentinel is a small mountain nearby that offers some stunning views. The trail is just 1.2 miles, so it’s not particularly challenging, though you can extend the route for an all-day hike by continuing along the Crazy Canyon Trail at the summit.
• Ski Snowball Mountain – In the winter you’ll find upwards of a thousand acres of skiing and snowboarding. In the summer, the area is open for zip-lining, hiking, and mountain biking. It’s just twenty minutes from downtown,

NOTE: While not here, if you have time, you can drive north to spend a few days in Glacier National Park.  

Days 83-86: Yellowstone National Park, WY

Yellowstone is home to the largest volcanic system in North America, which is why geysers like Old Faithful (and the largest active geyser in the world, Steamboat) can be found here. Wolves, bears, lynx, cougars, and bison all call the park home as well. Spend some time here hiking, camping, and basking in the park’s magnificent landscapes.  

Days 87-90: Denver, CO

• Visit the Wings Over the Rockies Air & Space Museum – This museum is housed on an old air base and has a collection of over 50 aircraft on display. Some of the highlights include a supersonic Rockwell Lancer and the massive B-52 Stratofortress. Admission is $19.95.
• Hike Mount Evans – This 14,265-foot peak can actually be summited in under 30 minutes (though there are longer trails too). You’ll see sweeping panoramic views of the region without having to hike for hours. Be sure to visit Like Echo and Mount Goliath on the way here.
• Catch a show at Red Rocks – The Red Rocks Amphitheatre is a 9,000-seat outdoor venue that regularly hosts concerts and other events. It’s one of the most beautiful concert venues in the US. Try to catch a show here if you can.

Days 91-93: Kansas City, MO

• Indulge in BBQ – KC is one of America’s best hubs for delicious barbecue. You can find pretty much any kind of meat barbecued here, from brisket to turkey to fish. Kansas City’s barbecue dates back to the 1920s, and the city takes this tradition seriously. Harp Barbecue and Fiorella’s Jack Stack are two of the best in town.
• Wander the Jazz District – The historic 18th and Vine area is known as the Jazz District, owing to the popularity of jazz music from the 1920s to the ’40s and performances here by the likes of Count Basie, Ella Fitzgerald, and Louie Armstrong. Wander the district and bar-hop to catch some stellar live music.
• See the World War I Museum – The award-winning National World War I Museum and Memorial of the United States sheds light on the history and horrors of the Great War.

Days 94-97: Chicago, IL

• Relax in Grant & Millennium Parks – Located downtown, these two parks provide a relaxing place to hang out, have a picnic, or go for a run. You’ll find people playing chess, and during the summer, there are a lot of free concerts. The famous “Chicago Bean” sculpture is located in Millennium Park.
• Try the pizza – Deep-dish pizza and stuffed-crust pizza were developed in Chicago, and no trip is complete without trying at least one. Deep-dish pizza was invented by Pizzeria Uno, which is now a national restaurant chain. But for something more local, Chicagoans swear by Lou Malnati’s.
• Visit the Art Institute of Chicago – Founded in 1879, this is one of the oldest art museums in the country. It has everything from photography to architecture to textiles, and its permanent collection includes works by Eva Hesse, David Hockney, and Ellsworth Kelly. A skip-the-line ticket is $40 USD.

If you want additional things to see and do (as well as some money-saving tips), consult my comprehensive guide to Chicago!

And here is my list of the best hostels in Chicago for budget-friendly accommodation .  

Days 98-100: Detroit, MI

• Explore the Detroit Institute of Art – This 130-year-old museum is located in the heart of Midtown and has something to offer every visitor. There are more than 65,000 works of art here, ranging from classic to more modern and contemporary pieces, spread out over 100 different galleries. It’s one of the best art museums in the country. Admission is $18 USD.
• Walk the Dequindre Cut – The Dequindre Cut Greenway is a two-mile urban recreational path that offers a pedestrian link between the East Riverfront, the Eastern Market, and several residential neighborhoods in between. Along the path, you’ll find all kinds of street art, as well as buskers in the summer. It’s a nice place to walk or jog and take in the city.
• Shop at the Eastern Market – The Eastern Market is a huge marketplace with local foods, art, jewelry, artisan crafts, and more. It covers 43 acres and is the largest historic public market district in the United States, dating back over 150 years. It is particularly busy on Saturdays, when farmers bring in their fresh produce.

Days 101-103: Cleveland, OH

• See the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame – This is one of the largest collections of musical memorabilia in the entire world. John Lennon’s guitar, Elvis Presley’s military uniform, and David Bowie’s Ziggy Stardust outfits are just some of the items in the massive collection.
• Tour the Museum of Natural History – Founded in 1920, this massive museum is home to over four million specimens. There are exhibits on dinosaurs, minerals, primates, animals, and more. It’s super educational, and there are lots of interactive exhibits too.
• Hike the Cuyahoga Valley National Park – Located on the Cuyahoga River between Cleveland and Akron, this is the only national park in Ohio. Encompassing 32,000 acres, the park has all kinds of hiking and biking trails (camping is no longer permitted).

Days 104-106: Pittsburgh, PA

• Ride the Duquesne Incline – This 140-year-old funicular used to transport workers up Pittsburgh’s steep hills before cars became commonplace. Hop on, ride to the top, and enjoy the view! Tickets are $2.50 USD one way.
• Visit the Warhol Museum – Dedicated to Andy Warhol, Pittsburgh’s best-known artist, this is the largest museum in the country dedicated to a single person. While much of his art is unusual, it’s still worth a visit, as Warhol has had a profound and lasting impact on modern art. Admission is $25.
• See Randyland – Created by a local artist, here you’ll find a section of the north end completely painted in all kinds of bright colors and murals. Buildings, fences, driveways — it’s a massive, bright, and fun spot to visit and unlike anything you’ll see elsewhere! Admission is free but donations are encouraged.
• Tour Carrie Furnace – Built in 1884, these former blast furnaces were part of the Homestead Steel Works and produced over 1,000 tons of iron per day. It’s one of the only pre–World War II blast furnaces in existence. Tours are $25 USD.

Days 107-110: Finger Lakes, NY

• Visit the wineries – There are tons of wineries all around the Finger Lakes, most of which offer tours and tastings (some also have live music and serve food). To guide your way, follow the Seneca Wine Trail or the Keuka Wine Trail, which link some of the best wineries in the region.
• See Watkins Glen State Park – Watkins Glen State Park gorge trail is home to 19 picturesque waterfalls spread out over a two-hour hike. It’s not particularly strenuous, and there are lots of spots to relax and snap photos.
• Visit Ithaca – This photogenic small town has over 150 waterfalls within 10 miles of the town. There’s also a charming downtown, the beautiful Cornell campus (one of the prettiest in the country), and Cayuga Lake.

Days 111-113: Albany, NY

• Hike in John Boyd Thacher State Park – Located 30 minutes outside of town, this state park has over 25 miles of trails, as well as panoramic views from the Helderberg Escarpment. It’s a beautiful place for a day hike.
• Visit New York State Museum – This museum has a wide range of interesting exhibitions, including on local birds and wildlife, colonial history, and the ice age, among other topics. Admission is free (though a $5 USD donation is suggested).
• Tour the Capitol – The NY State Capitol building offers free daily tours. They’re the perfect way to learn more about the state, the city, and the building (including some ghost stories about the capitol’s haunting). Tours last one hour.

Days 114-120: Buffer Days

Having some padding in your itinerary will let you explore, have serendipitous travel experiences, and dig a little deeper into the regions and cultures you’ll be passing through.

While this is a solid itinerary, please mix it up. Skip some cities and spend more time in nature — or vice versa!

At the end of the day, the United States is an amazing and diverse country. No matter what you’re looking for, you’ll be able to find it. Delicious food, adventure activities, hiking, museums, history — we’ve got it all. You just need to hit the road and see it for yourself.

Need a rental car for your epic adventure? use the widget below to find the best deals!

Book Your Trip to the United States: Logistical Tips and Tricks

Book Your Flight Find a cheap flight by using Skyscanner . They are my favorite search engine because they search websites and airlines around the globe so you always know no stone is being left unturned.

Book Your Accommodation You can book your hostel with Hostelworld . If you want to stay somewhere other than a hostel, use Booking.com as it consistently returns the cheapest rates for guesthouses and hotels.

Don’t Forget Travel Insurance Travel insurance will protect you against illness, injury, theft, and cancellations. It’s comprehensive protection in case anything goes wrong. I never go on a trip without it, as I’ve had to use it many times in the past. My favorite companies that offer the best service and value are:

• Safety Wing (for everyone below 70)
• Insure My Trip (for those 70 and over)
• Medjet (for additional repatriation coverage)

Looking for the best companies to save money with? Check out my resource page for the best companies to use when you travel! I list all the ones I use to save money — and I think they will help you too!

Want more information on the United States? Be sure to visit our robust destination guide on the USA for even more planning tips!

Got a comment on this article? Join the conversation on Facebook , Instagram , or Twitter and share your thoughts!

Disclosure: Please note that some of the links above may be affiliate links, and at no additional cost to you, I earn a commission if you make a purchase. I recommend only products and companies I use and the income goes to keeping the site community supported and ad free.

Related Posts

GET YOUR  FREE TRAVEL STARTER KIT

Enter your email and get planning cheatsheets including a step by step checklist, packing list, tips cheat sheet, and more so you can plan like a pro!

23 Incredible Road Trips in the U.S.

Whether you’re looking for sweeping views of the pacific ocean or a multiday adventure through national parks, these road trips provide plenty of opportunities to explore the united states..

• Copy Link copied

Glacier National Park is one of many scenic places you can visit on an American road trip.

Photo by Zack Frank / Shutterstock

In a country as large as the United States, there’s no shortage of destinations and detours to explore by car . Whether your idea of the perfect American road trip entails an epic, cross-country journey or a shorter jaunt through a few of its most iconic national parks , your options are as large and varied as the country itself.

Even if you don’t have the time to drive cross-country, there are plenty of road trip routes (ranging from three days to a week or longer): classic California itineraries , New England routes that shine especially well in the fall, scenic East Coast adventures, and a variety of Midwest journeys for folks farther from the coasts.

No matter your mode of transportation—be it van, RV, motorcycle, or four-door sedan—these are 21 of the best road trips in the nation to consider.

Plan your next Route 66 trip around thirst-quenching stops.

Photo by Peek Creative Collective/Shutterstock

There are many ways to do a cross-country road trip in the USA, but these two itineraries will take you through some truly iconic American places.

1. Chicago to Los Angeles: A Whiskey Road Trip on Route 66

It doesn’t get more American than a 2,000-mile drive along the entirety of Route 66. There are endless ways to take this legendary trip (including an EV version —but to take your cross-country road trip to the next level, we recommend exploring another American pastime: whiskey.

Starting in Chicago and ending in L.A., you’ll stop by some of the leading craft distilleries in the United States, like Few Spirits in Chicago, Still 630 in St. Louis, and Red Fork Distillery in Tulsa. In between tastings, make time for detours to natural attractions, like the Grand Canyon, and quirky roadside curiosities, like Cadillac Ranch in Amarillo, Texas. Just remember to drink responsibly—this is a road trip after all.

Plan your trip

The full itinerary: Put a New Twist on Route 66—Make It an American Whiskey Road Trip

No cars are allowed on Mackinac Island, so you need to park before taking the ferry to this spot.

Photo from Shutterstock

2. Bangor, Maine, to Seattle, Washington: The Great Northern on U.S. Route 2

Covering both the U.S. and Canada, a cross-country trip along U.S. 2 is ideal for anyone who wants to experience the vast diversity and expansiveness of North America. This drive runs the entire top border of the U.S. and showcases otherworldly natural wonders like Acadia National Park in Maine, the Apostle Islands National Lakeshore in Wisconsin, and Mackinac Island in Michigan. The route also passes through Canada, taking road-trippers through Ontario into Quebec—this route may focus on nature, but you won’t want to miss a stop in Montreal or Ottawa.

You’ll also get to explore Montana and Glacier National Park ( reservations may be required ) before passing the Columbia Plateau and ending in the Pacific Northwest’s largest city, Seattle. Don’t miss spending time in the Olympic Peninsula (home to Olympic National Park) for a peek at one of the most scenic places on the West Coast.

3. Dana Point to San Francisco: Driving California’s Pacific Coast Highway

The seemingly endless views of the Pacific Ocean along Highway 1 (also known as the Pacific Coast Highway) are what road trip dreams are made of, and exactly what makes this California road trip so popular. However, with so many stops along the 655-mile stretch, we pulled together a list of the ones well worth pulling over to view. Don’t miss the perfect surfing waves in Santa Cruz, seasonal cuisine in Malibu, an afternoon a the boardwalk in Santa Monica, or a night in Big Sur as you drive between Dana Point (just south of Los Angeles) and San Francisco.

• The full itinerary: The Best Stops for a Road Trip on the Pacific Coast Highway
• The AFAR Guide to San Francisco

The seaside town of Monterey was the setting for John Steinbeck’s Cannery Row .

Photo by Denise Lett/Shutterstock

4. Big Sur to Mono County: A Literary Road Trip Through Northern California

Yes, this itinerary requires you actually put down your book to drive, but seeing some of the pivotal places that shaped American authors will be so worth it. Follow in the footsteps of writers like Jack Kerouac, Maya Angelou, and Amy Tan on this road trip that takes you through literary landmarks in Northern California, such as Caffe Trieste, a meeting place for Jack Kerouac, Allen Ginsberg, Alan Watts, and other bohemian writers and thinkers. This 12-stop itinerary is perfect if you live in the San Francisco Bay Area because you’ll be able to stay make these trips in one or two days.

The full itinerary: The California Road Trip All Book Lovers Should Take

Arizona may take its nickname from the Grand Canyon, but the state has far more natural wonders than just that one.

Courtesy of Shutterstock

5. Phoenix to the Grand Canyon: An Iconic Arizona Road Trip

This 240-mile Arizona road trip takes travelers along some of the state’s most iconic highlights, including its most famous one, the Grand Canyon. A great itinerary for first-time visitors and returning travelers alike, it offers plenty of opportunities for scenic drives, hiking, and biking—as well as tasty food along the way. Hike the 2,704-foot-tall Camelback Mountain in Scottsdale or take in the beautiful red rocks of Sedona on a hike to Cathedral Rock while exploring the Grand Canyon State.

• The full itinerary: The Classic 5-Day Arizona Road Trip
• Grand Canyon guide: The First-Timer’s Guide to the Grand Canyon
• Where to eat in Phoenix: A Chef’s Guide to the Best Restaurants
• Where to stay: The Best Hotels in Arizona ; The Best Airbnbs in Sedona

The Delicate Arch living up to its name in Utah’s Arches National Park

Photo by tusharkoley / Shutterstock

6. Zion to Grand Canyon: A National Parks Road Trip in the Southwest

If you’re looking to visit as many national parks as possible in one road trip, this southwestern itinerary is for you. This journey through Utah and Arizona lets you hike Angel’s Landing in Zion, feel tiny under Delicate Arch in Arches National Park, explore Fairyland Loop Trail in Bryce Canyon, and, of course, raft down the Colorado River in the Grand Canyon. Most visitors to the Grand Canyon remain on the rim, but take at least four days to venture within the canyon and take advantage of the trails and river rafting.

• The full itinerary: The Ideal Road Trip Through U.S. National Parks
• Utah’s 8 Best National Parks and Monuments
• 10 Best National Parks and Monuments in Arizona
• The First-Timer’s Guide to the Grand Canyon

Stop and admire the winding roads of the San Juan Skyway.

Photo by Anh Luu/Shutterstock

7. San Juan Scenic Skyway Road Trip: An Adventure Through Southwestern Colorado

This Colorado trip takes you along the 232-mile loop of the San Juan Scenic Skyway, where you will see plenty of alpine forests, mining towns, and craggy peaks. And for anyone looking to enjoy refreshments after a long day of driving, this route features many opportunities to stop at some of the best breweries in Colorado , such as Ska Brewing Co. in Durango.

• The full itinerary: The Ultimate Southwestern Colorado Road Trip
• Five Classic Colorado Road Trips To Take This Year

In small-town Buena Vista, the riverfront Surf Hotel offers front-row seats to Colorado-style adventure seekers.

Courtesy of the Surf Hotel

8. Denver to Montrose: A 420-Mile Road Trip Through Colorado

Want to explore even more of the Centennial State? Head out on this weeklong road trip where you can fish for salmon in Colorado’s largest reservoir, visit numerous small towns, like Paonia and Crawford, with thriving art scenes along the Colorado Creative Corridor , and explore Black Canyon of the Gunnison National Park, one of the least visited national parks in the nation.

• The full itinerary: Art Stars, High-Altitude Wines, and a Remote National Park: The Ultimate Colorado Road Trip
• Where to stay: The Best Hotels in Colorado
• The AFAR Guide to Denver

Portland may be Oregon’s largest city, but with a population of some 652,000 (or 2.5 million in the larger metropolitan area), it isn’t intimidatingly large.

Photo courtesy of Travel Portland

9. Portland to Astoria: An Oregon Coast Road Trip for Outdoor Lovers

If you love the outdoors, then this six-day road trip along the coast of Oregon is for you. After driving to Coos Bay from Portland, travelers will meander along Oregon’s dramatic, rocky coastline, discovering some quintessentially Pacific Northwest vistas along the way: evergreen forests, seaside dunes, and marine ecosystems. Between stops, there are ample opportunities to stretch your legs hiking, kayaking, or strolling around the region’s small towns—like the historic old town in Florence.

Of course, it wouldn’t be an Oregon road trip without a stop (or three) at a craft brewery, such as Fort George Brewery in Astoria, or cozy coffee shop, like Bread & Roses in Yachats.

• The full itinerary: An Outdoor Lover’s Road Trip on the Oregon Coast
• The AFAR Guide to Portland

The State Capitol Building in Nashville marks the end of this road (trip).

Photo by photo.ua / Shutterstock

10. Seneca Falls, New York, to Nashville, Tennessee: Follow the Path of the Women’s Suffrage Movement

Starting in New York’s Finger Lakes region and ending at the State Capitol Building in Nashville, this road trip traces the route of the national women’s suffrage movement. Highlights include stops at the Susan B. Anthony Museum & House ; Union Square in New York City, which was the site of the first suffrage march; and the Belmont-Paul Women’s Equality National Monument in Washington, D.C.

• The full itinerary: Celebrate Women’s Suffrage on an Epic, Self-Guided Road Trip
• Where to stay: The Best Hotels in Nashville
• The AFAR Guide to Nashville
• The AFAR Guide to Washington, D.C.

Asheville is one must-stop on a North Carolina road trip.

Courtesy of ExploreAsheville.com

11. Charlottesville to Asheville: A Scenic Road Trip Through Virginia and North Carolina

The Blue Ridge Parkway is one of the most scenic drives in the country. Beginning in the soft hilly meadows of the Appalachian Mountains from Shenandoah National Park down into the Blue Ridge Mountains, then into the Great Smoky Mountains, this five-day road trip is best done at a slower pace, which is perfect for admiring the dramatic outlooks and green plateaus. This eclectic itinerary features stops at an art museum, a dairy farm, and plenty of hiking trails.

• The full itinerary: The Ultimate Blue Ridge Parkway Road Trip
• Where to stay: 12 Dreamy Blue Ridge Mountain Cabins You Can Rent on Airbnb and Vrbo
• 8 U.S. National Park Road Trips to Take in Your Lifetime

Dowa:kwe dance group from Zuni Pueblo in 2019

Courtesy of Indian Pueblo Cultural Center

12. Albuquerque to Las Cruces: Discover New Mexico on This Three-Day Road Trip

This route steers you away from New Mexican tourist hot spots like Taos and Santa Fe and instead takes you on a three-day adventure with places that teach you about Pueblo history. You’ll stop at Indian Pueblo Kitchen (formerly known as Pueblo Harvest), a restaurant inside the Indian Pueblo Cultural Center that features Indigenous cuisine ; pick up peppers at Three Brothers in Hatch; and slide down the dunes in White Sands National Park.

• The full itinerary: This New Mexico Road Trip Is the Perfect Introduction to the Land of Enchantment

Historic Fort Martin Scott is one of the places travelers can visit to learn about Fredericksburg’s history.

Photo by Mark König/Unsplash

13. A Five-Day Scenic Road Trip Through Texas Hill Country

This Texas road trip starts and ends in San Antonio with stops in small towns like Bandera, Boerne, and consider a stop in Fredericksburg, which is one of AFAR’s best places to go in 2024 ). Over five days, you’ll find opportunities to stroll in a Japanese tea garden in San Antonio, relax along the Sabinal and Frio Rivers by inner tube, and eat as many tacos as you want. Seriously: You could eat tacos for every meal on this road trip and not get tired of them.

• The full itinerary: Tree Houses, Tubing, and Tacos: The Ultimate Texas Hill Country Road Trip

Mount McKinley looms large on a drive through Denali National Park.

Photo by warnsweet / Shutterstock

14. A Weeklong Road Trip Through Alaska’s Most Majestic Sights

This weeklong drive in Alaska starts and ends in Anchorage. You travel along four scenic byways; explore Wrangell–St. Elias wilderness, the largest U.S. national park; catch sight of Denali, the tallest peak in North America; and enjoy the surprisingly stellar food scene of McCarthy, a one-road town with only a couple dozen residents.

• The full itinerary: Glaciers, Mountain Peaks, and Organic Farms: The Ultimate Alaska Road Trip
• Which Alaska National Parks Should You Visit?

More than geothermal pools, Kirkham Hot Springs features a piping-hot waterfall.

Courtesy of Idaho Tourism

15. Boise to Sun Valley: Explore Idaho’s Scenic Byways

Even a short road trip can be packed with adventure, good food, and scenery, which is exactly what this trip from Boise to Sun Valley along Idaho’s Ponderosa Pine Scenic Byway offers. Although the drive only takes six hours, we recommend taking a few days to explore all the stops and detours along the way. One can’t-miss spot is the Kirkham Hot Springs , where you can stand under a waterfall that will splash you with 135-degree mineral water year-round.

• The full itinerary: The Little-Known Idaho Road Trip You Need to Drive
• Things to do: The Best Outdoorsy Things to Do in Idaho

Grand Portage State Park is the only state park jointly managed by a state and a Native American band.

Photo by Shutterstock/QZ

16. Duluth to Grand Portage State Park: A Scenic Minnesota Sampler

Although there are many appealing road trips throughout the Midwest, this 143-mile, three-hour circuit, which starts and ends in Duluth, Minnesota, is worth keeping in mind. Meandering north on MN-61 with this itinerary, you will enjoy prime views of Lake Superior and towns like Grand Marais, as well as Grand Portage State Park, home to waterfalls, hiking trails, and opportunities to learn about the Ojibwe community who occupy the land today. Once back in Duluth, enjoy a beer at Canal Park Brewing Company before checking into the waterfront Canal Park Lodge nearby.

• The AFAR Guide to Minnesota

Wind your way through colorful foliage in New Hampshire.

Photo by Shutterstock

17. Kancamagus Highway: A Quintessential New England Drive

Yes, you can take a road trip in New England at any time of the year , but this region shows off its best colors in the fall, when locals and tourists alike head out into the country to view the changing colors of the trees. Join other admirers of fall foliage on this popular, 34.5-mile road trip along New Hampshire’s Kancamagus Highway, colloquially known as the “Kanc,” for picturesque ponds, hiking trails, and scenic overlooks.

• Plan Your Fall Getaway With This Peak Foliage Prediction Map

Ogunquit is home to the small, postcard-perfect harbor of Perkins Cove.

Photo courtesy of QualityHD / Shutterstock

18. Maine’s “Lobster Trail”: Travel Route 1 Along the Coast

Traveling Route 1, affectionately known as “the lobster trail,” along Maine’s jagged coastline is an exercise in indulgence. Sample lobster dishes in all forms—buttered, steamed, on a roll, or even in a decadent mac-and-cheese.

The trip starts in the quaint small town of Ogunquit , with its rare (for the area) 3.5 miles of white-sand beach. Make your first lobster of the journey count, steamed with a side of drawn butter at Barnacle Billy’s in picturesque Perkins Cove harbor. Stop at Big Daddy’s for a cone on your way to the shipbuilding center—and summer home of George H. W. Bush—Kennebunkport. Stay at the recently redesigned 150-year-old classic White Barn Inn , and consider a sailing trip for an afternoon. With lobsters cooked in ocean water, the legendary lobster roll at the Clam Shack is a must.

• 8 Scenic East Coast Road Trips to Take This Year

Throughout North Carolina’s Piedmont region, innovative restaurants, shops, and restaurants like Leah & Louise in Charlotte, above, are creating a buzz.

Photo by Peter Taylor Photography

19. Raleigh to Charlotte: A 4-Day Trip Through North Carolina’s Reinvented Core

North Carolina’s Piedmont region extends from the coastal plain to the Blue Ridge Mountains, and includes farmland and rolling wooded hills, especially on the 1-40 stretch near Hillsborough. Starting in Raleigh, drive the short distances to Greensboro, Winston-Salem, and Charlotte to see how these cities are innovating through art, food, and a celebration of the past. Take your time—four days should do—to experience downtown arts districts, James Beard Award–winning restaurants, and civil rights museums that speak truths. Plan your trip

• A Road Trip Through North Carolina’s Reinvented Core

Scenic South Walton is part of the Emerald Coast of Florida.

20. Scenic Highway 30A: A Sunday Drive Through South Walton, Florida

Florida is full of places to cruise with the top down, but it’s hard to beat a Sunday (or any day) drive along Scenic Highway 30A through northwest Florida, home to a postcard-perfect stretch of seaside towns known as South Walton.

The roughly 28-mile route through South Walton County kisses the coast for nearly all its length, taking you through gorgeous residential Gulf-front communities like Rosemary Beach, Grayton Beach, and Blue Mountain Beach . Roll down the windows and let the emerald-hued views in.

Pull over to explore, too—maybe to admire the New Urbanism architecture in Alys Beach or to swim in the clear waters at Grayton Beach State Park . (The beach here has been lauded among the best in the world.)

• The full itinerary: The Florida Road Trip You’ve Been Missing

Stand-up paddleboarding is just one way to enjoy a Florida Keys sunset.

Shutterstock

21. The Florida Keys: An Island-Hopping Getaway

For a sunny road trip itinerary in Florida, skip Miami and head farther south. Beginning in Key Largo and ending in Key West, the Florida Keys Scenic Highway is often overlooked for more well-known routes up north, but it is well worth going out of your way to experience.

As the name suggests, this route is very scenic, so plan to spend at least a few days exploring it and numerous stops along the way. Some highlights include driving across the impressive Overseas Highway, stopping to admire art in the town of Islamorada, and enjoying the historic sites, food, and (of course) beaches in the city of Key West.

• The full itinerary: How to Road Trip in the Lesser-Known Florida Keys

Sun Studio in Memphis was the site of the famous Million Dollar recording session that brought together Elvis Presley, Jerry Lee Lewis, Carl Perkins, and Johnny Cash.

Photo by f11photo on Shutterstock

22. Memphis to Bristol, Tennessee: A Music-Driven Adventure

If you have about a week to spare and a deep appreciation for music, take a road trip from one side of Tennessee to the other, starting in Memphis and ending in Bristol. The eastbound trip spans genres, including rock ( Graceland ), blues ( Beale Street) and, of course, country (did you really go to Tennessee if you didn’t go to Dollywood ?). Nashville serves as the halfway point on your journey—so consider penciling in an extra 48 hours to fully explore the state capital’s greatest hits.

• The full itinerary: 5 Great American Road Trips For Music Fans

The stunning coastline near Cueva del Indio has been the backdrop of star-studded films.

Photo by Alexsf.gr/Shutterstock

23. Arecibo to Condado, Puerto Rico: A Lesser-Known Side of a Well-Loved Island

In the minds of many, trips to Puerto Rico bring images of stunning beaches , delicious foods , and maybe a bioluminescent bay or two . But there’s plenty of history to be found here, too, as Puerto Rico was home to an Indigenous population known as the Taino, a heritage many Puerto Ricans embrace. That history can be explored via a road trip. Starting in the northern town of Arecibo, travel south to Ponce, then back north to Condado—along the way you’ll encounter petroglyphs, Indigenous sites, and breathtaking natural spots.

• The full itinerary: A Puerto Rico Road Trip That Puts Indigenous Culture First

Additional road trip planning resources Picking the route for your road trip is only one part of your planning. From what snacks to pack to which podcasts to listen to, these additional resources will help you prepare for your next adventure:

• Best road trip snacks
• Road trip planning apps
• Podcasts and audiobooks to download
• What to pack for a road trip

This article originally appeared online in August 2020. It was most recently updated on April 4, 2024, to include current information. Additional reporting by Jessie Beck, Erika Owen, Ray Rogers, Terry Ward, and Sheryl Nance-Nash.

America’s 7 Most Romantic Road Trips for Couples

By Author Tara Schatz

Posted on Published: January 8, 2024

Categories Destinations , Get Outside , road trips , United States

Is there anything as romantic as an epic road trip with the one you love by your side?

On a road trip, there are no “honey-do lists,” only bucket lists. And instead of stressing about getting it all done, you’ll be enjoying sunset picnics, secluded hot springs, and long stretches of back-road rambling. 

Road tripping as a couple is about overcoming obstacles, strengthening your relationship, and discovering the world together.

This means, that just about any stretch of beautiful highway will do, but there are some ingredients that make for more romantic road trips than others — Beautiful scenery. Opportunities for solitude. Great lodging and dining. Out-of-the-ordinary experiences.

With that in mind, we’ve collected our most memorable and romantic road trips across America. If you’re planning your next romantic getaway and aren’t sure where to go, the following road trips have never let us down.

Also Read: 7 Reasons Why a Couples Road Trip Will Improve Your Relationship

Table of Contents

Coastal Fun on Oregon Coast Highway 101

What could be more romantic than a coastal road trip with gorgeous views around every corner? The Pacific Coast in Oregon is known for its wild shoreline, gravity-defying cliffs, and quirky coastal towns.

There’s no shortage of tiny restaurants near the shore where you can sip a glass of wine as the sun sinks into the ocean.

Five days on the Oregon Coast Highway may convince you that it’s one of the most beautiful and romantic road trips in the entire world.

Covering about 340 miles, you can certainly cover this road trip in a weekend, but we’re proponents of slow travel, and five days gives you lots of time to explore while spending three to four hours in the car each day.

The trip begins on the northern border in the town of Astoria, where three rivers converge with the Pacific Ocean. From there, you’ll begin a leisurely drive southward, stopping at ocean overlooks, coastal hiking trails, and tiny surf shops.

Be sure to explore the galleries and boutiques in Manzanita, sample ice cream at Tillamook Creamery, and tour the Cape Meares Lighthouse.

Check out the route on Google Maps

Where to stay : So many choices! In Astoria, stay at Atomi c Motel for cute, affordable rooms in a great location. Heading south to Manzanita, the Inn at Manzanita is just a stone’s throw from the beach. The Landmark Inn in Florence is a seven-minute walk to shops and restaurants and just a short drive from Oregon Dunes National Recreation Area.

Best time to take this road trip: Summer or early fall would be ideal!

Sound like a perfect romantic adventure? We’ve got a full five-day itinerary for this Oregon coastal road trip .

A Romantic Road Trip through Vermont and New Hampshire

You can’t get much more romantic than a road trip through the mountains of Vermont and New Hampshire, where you’ll discover tidy villages, rugged mountain peaks, more craft beer than you can possibly drink, and creaky rocking chairs on the front porch of every general store.

The mountains in New England are ancient and forested, and the back roads lead to all kinds of surprises that haven’t even been discovered on Instagram yet.

We recommend five to seven days for this 460-mile loop that begins and ends in Portsmouth, one of New England’s oldest settlements. If you’re craving sea breezes or seafood, spend a few days in Portsmouth before driving north into the White Mountains.

One of the most enticing stretches of pavement on this New England journey is the 34-mile Kancamagus Highway that connects Conway and Lincoln, New Hampshire . This area is a wonderful jumping-off point for exploring waterfalls, trails, and picnic areas.

Next, drive through a beautiful stretch of rural Vermont (look out for moose!) and land in the mountain village and ski town of Stowe.

In Stowe, you can spend the day hiking, take the gondola to the top of Mount Mansfield at Stowe Mountain Resort , enjoy craft beer and a stellar meal at Idletyme Brewing , and spend a day exploring cute shops and gorgeous views.

From Stowe, drive south, stopping in Vermont’s capital city and spending at least a day in Woodstock, where you can explore Vermont’s only National Park and another adorable downtown. Grab a romantic dinner at the Prince & the Pauper.

Continue south to the vibrant arts community of Brattleboro, Vermont , before heading east and back into New Hampshire. If you have time, hike to the top of Mount Monadnock, the second most-hiked mountain in the world (after Mount Fuji).

Where to stay: In Portsmouth, we can’t say enough about the Water Street Inn . It’s within walking distance of downtown and beautiful. In Lincoln, New Hampshire, check out RiverWalk Resort at Loon Mountain . There’s a heated outdoor pool and hot tub, a spa, and an onsite winery. In Stowe, stay at Talta Lodge , where you’ll have your own outdoor seating area and access to the river and rec path. Finally, check out the Monadnock Inn near Jaffrey, New Hampshire, which is very close to Mount Monadnock.

Best time to take this road trip: October is phenomenal for fall foliage, but you will want to book lodging well in advance as it’s a busy time to visit.

Explore Coastal and Interior Maine

Maine is a big state, and while lots of people combine a Maine road trip with nearby New Hampshire and Vermont, we think it deserves a trip all its own.

Most people think of the rocky coast, lobster, and LL Bean when they think of Maine, but spend a day or two in the interior, which is gorgeous and wild, with lots of opportunities for solitude and romance.

This romantic Maine road trip is just shy of 560 miles, starting in the busy seaport of Portland and traveling up the coast to Acadia National Park and the tiny town of Lubec before heading inland to explore a few small towns. Give yourself a week to explore Maine on this beautiful road trip.

In Portland, meander around Old Port and the West End, stopping for a drink and dinner at one of the many waterfront cafes. Hike around the Portland Head Lighthouse at sunrise before heading north on Route 1.

They say that there is more coastline in Maine than any other state, and once you start driving, you’ll understand why – there are so many inlets and peninsulas jutting out into the Atlantic Ocean, that you could spend a lifetime exploring them. 

Detour to the touristy Boothbay Harbor, Pemaquid Beach , and Camden Hills State Park before spending a few days in Acadia National Park .

The town of Lubec is the easternmost point in the United States. There are some nice hiking trails and beautiful views near the West Quoddy Head Lighthouse .

Interior Maine is a choose-your-own-adventure type of place, with secluded ponds and lakes, small farming communities, and tiny villages.

Rent a cottage in the Belgrade Lakes Region in the Kennebec Valley, a chain of seven lakes that are perfect for all kinds of water-based activities.

Check out this road trip on Google Maps

Where to stay: In Portland, check out The Westin, a hip hotel with a rooftop bar in a restored 1927 building. In Boothbay Harbor, splurge on a romantic stay at Tugboat Inn , a waterfront property within walking distance to downtown. There are many amazing spots to stay in Bar Harbor, but one of our favorites is Yellow House Inn , which has delightful rooms and an amazing breakfast. The Keeper’s Cottage in Lubec is near the West Quoddy Lighthouse and sleeps four.

Best time to take this road trip: Summer is gorgeous in Maine, but it also gets really crowded, so I suggest visiting between September and October so you can focus on your romantic road trip and not on traffic jams.

A Camping Road Trip on Highway 12 in Utah

It’s no secret that I adore Utah, and this route is one of the most beautifully romantic road trips around. Imagine long desert sunsets, secluded canyons, and endless acres of public lands.

If you are looking for one of the best road trips for couples — one that features awesome national parks, great camping, and endless opportunities for outdoor adventures, stop what you’re doing and plan a Highway 12 road trip through southern Utah.

This one-way road trip is 123 miles of the most stunningly beautiful scenery in the southwest. We’ve done this trip as a family and as a couple, and I imagine we’ll keep on exploring it for decades to come.

This route makes a lovely weekend getaway, but I’d also recommend spending several days in both Bryce Canyon and Capitol Reef National Park, extending your trip to five days.

The trip begins in the town of Panguitch and travels through the Red Canyon before entering Bryce Canyon National Park . Pitch your tent at Sunset Campground, take in the hoodoo views, and hike some trails with the one you love.

Continue east and stop at Kiva Koffeehouse for pastries and caffeine. For a romantic night that doesn’t involve pitching a tent, book a night in Kiva Cottage . This is such a dreamy spot! We didn’t stay there, but we checked out the spot and the views just don’t stop!

Capitol Reef National Park is the most underrated of the five national parks in Utah. A historic orchard is open to the public for picking in late July, and you can score a fresh-baked cherry pie and homemade ice cream at the  Gifford Homestead   store.

Where to stay: Camp at Sunset Campground in Bryce Canyon , and book a night at Kiva Cottage if you can. If you want to spend time exploring Capitol Reef National Park, but don’t want to camp, consider  Capitol Reef Resort , which is close to the park entrance, features amazing views, and you can choose from a standard hotel room, a teepee, or a covered wagon for your lodging. There’s also a casual restaurant on site, an outdoor pool and hot tub, and a fitness center.

The best time to take this road trip: is April or October to beat the heat and the majority of crowds.

Sound like a perfect adventure? Here’s an overview of our summer road trip on Highway 12 in Utah .

Wine and Waterfalls in the Finger Lakes

What happens when you combine five state parks, five wineries, and 50+ amazing Finger Lakes waterfalls into a five-day road trip? A kind of crazy, but oh-so-fun Finger Lakes vacation in Western New York — one of the most romantic road trips we can think of!

The Finger Lakes region is just four hours from Manhattan, but you might as well be on another planet. No other area east of the Mississippi can boast of more wine-sipping and gorge-hiking goodness than Western New York. Throw in more than 150 waterfalls and a few perfect spots to spend the night, and you’ll want to pack your bags before you finish reading.

This trip covers about 145 miles (depending on where you begin) in five days. Each day features a hike in the morning and wine tasting in the afternoon, followed by a night either camping or glamping (we provide a few hotel options as well).

Check out this route on Google Maps

Best time to take this road trip: Definitely summer. There are endless patios to relax on and rivers to swim in!

Sound like a perfect adventure? We have a complete five-day itinerary for exploring wine and waterfalls in the Finger Lakes, complete with where to stay each night.

Find Love on the Blue Ridge Parkway

The 469-mile Blue Ridge Parkway has been called America’s favorite drive. Meandering through the mountains from Rockfish Gap, Virginia south to Cherokee, North Carolina, you’ll no doubt kindle a bit of romance on the Blue Ridge Parkway, and you may become a dedicated road-tripper if you aren’t one already.

As long as you pay attention to your mileposts, traveling on the Blue Ridge Parkway and finding attractions, hikes, and vistas is easy. The numbers start at 0 at the northern entrance in Waynesboro, Virginia, and end at milepost 469 in Cherokee, North Carolina at the southern entrance. There are plenty of places to get on and off the parkway along the way.

You may have already noticed that we’re fans of easy hikes, waterfalls, and camping, and you’ll find plenty of that stuff on your journey, but you’ll also discover cool historic sites, wineries, small towns, and lots of mountain music.

Give yourself five to seven days to drive the whole Blue Ridge Parkway, one of the best road trips for couples in the USA! If you have time, stay a few days in Roanoke, Virginia , which is one of our favorite small cities in America.

Use this interactive Blue Ridge Parkway map to plan your trip.

Where to stay: There are nine designated campgrounds on the Blue Ridge Parkway, so your trip can be affordable and romantic if you don’t mind roughing it a bit. If you crave comfort, we’ve got suggestions for glamping on the Blue Ridge Parkway too!

Sound like the perfect adventure? Here are seven fabulous things to do on the Blue Ridge Parkway.

Best time to take this trip: May through October is great for camping on the Blue Ridge Parkway.

Hot Springs and Hiking in California and Nevada

Lonely desert highways, weird roadside attractions, and a nice mix of thrilling outdoor adventures that you won’t find anywhere else. Welcome to the quiet side of California and Nevada, one of the most romantic road trips we can think of for lovers of solitude.

Actually, this ten-day California and Nevada road trip starts in the crazy-busy, must-visit Yosemite National Park and heads off the beaten path from there.

I will not tell you that this road trip has something for everyone because that would be a lie. Instead, it’s got secret aliens, weird clowns, hidden hot springs, ancient petroglyphs, and trees hanging with shoe ornaments. Intrigued?

This is the ultimate quirky, but scenic route that starts in the Sierra Nevada mountains and ends in the intimate metropolis of Reno, Nevada. While the vast desert landscape often looks the same for miles and miles, there are enough cool spots to keep things interesting. 

Give yourself at least 10 days to explore everything on this 1,200-mile road trip, or make adjustments based on the time you’ve got.

Best time to take this road trip: September or October for cool temps and fewer crowds.

Sound like the perfect adventure? Check out the complete 10-day itinerary, which includes hikes, attractions, and lodging.

Have you taken any of these romantic road trips with the one you love? Share your favorite in the comments!

Follow us on social media for more road trip ideas!

Tara is a freelance writer and travel blogger with a passion for outdoor adventures. She is the co-author of AMC’s Best Day Hikes in Vermont and currently blogs at Back Road Ramblers and Vermont Explored , where she shares travel tips, adventure destinations, and vacation ideas for the wanderer in everyone.

New England Wanderlust

Connecticut , Maine , Massachusetts , New Hampshire , New York , Rhode Island , Vermont  ·  March 30, 2022

34 Awesome Road Trips From Boston & Best Itineraries (2024)

Boston is an amazing starting point for adventures all over New England and the Northeast. With so many options to visit tons of nearby coastal towns, exciting cities and plenty of quaint, charming villages, there are endless possibilities for road trips from Boston. And since I’ve been road-tripping and traveling all over the Northeast for over 10 years now, I know all the destinations that are worth your time.

This list includes destinations that are all individually under 6 hours from Boston, and if you’re looking for road trip itineraries that combine destinations from this list, be sure to scroll to the end for suggested itineraries to make the most of your road trip!

New England Wanderlust contains affiliate links, and is a member of the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program. We may earn a commission from any purchases you choose to make from our links, at no additional cost to you. For more information, please refer to our  Privacy Policy .

🚙 Need to rent a car for your epic road trip? I’ve got you covered! Click here to check the best prices on Discover Cars!

Best Road Trips From Boston

For this list, I’ve broken down the destinations into four categories: Coastal, City, Charming Towns and Luxury Getaways. For each destination, I’ve also included the time it takes to get there from Boston, highlights of the best things to do, what to expect once there, and nearby things to do.

Coastal Road Trip Destinations From Boston

1. plymouth, ma.

Distance From Boston: 40-50 minutes

If you’re looking for a quick, easy getaway from city life in Boston, a little road trip to Plymouth is a fun way to do that. While the town is known for its history dating back to the early 1600s, they are also lots of outdoor activities, parks and beaches, and combine that with a small-town feel, Plymouth makes for a lovely little escape from Boston.

Best things to do in Plymouth:

• Plimoth Patuxet Museum is a living replica of the original pilgrim colony settlement. If you’re a history buff, this is a must-see. You can even climb aboard the Mayflower II, an exact replica of the ship that brought the pilgrims to Plymouth.
• Plymouth Long Beach is a 3-mile long stretch of public beach that’s perfect for getting out by the water.
• Plymouth Farmer’s Market is held every Thursday from May through October, and was Yankee Magazine editor’s pick for best Farmer’s Market in 2018.
• Brewster Gardens is a tranquil, waterfront park that’s sure to invite lots of relaxation.
• Walk around the charming downtown to visit the shops and restaurants,
• Pop into Dirty Water Distillery for an artisanal spirits tasting.
• Go on a whale watch tour with Captain John’s Boat Tours .
• Spend the day getting pampered at Mirbeau Resort & Spa , and even stay for lunch or dinner, or the night for the ultimate day of relaxation.

Click here to book your stay at Mirbeau Resort & Spa!

Psst! I have an entire post on visiting Plymouth, MA , if you need more ideas!

2. Cape Cod, MA

Distance From Boston: 1-2.5 hours, depending on where you to choose to go on Cape Cod.

With over 500 miles of shoreline to explore, Cape Cod is the ultimate beach road trip from Boston because you can get there in about 2 hours and feel like you’re in a whole other world. There are 15 towns in Cape Cod to choose from for your visit, and more beaches than anyone can count. Fill your days being ocean-side, exploring beautiful little coastal towns, eating fresh seafood and taking in amazing sunsets.

Best Things To Do on Cape Cod :

• Visit The Cape Cod National Seashore
• Explore Chatham’s downtown
• Visit Provincetown and the Pilgrim Monument
• For more on the best things to do on the Cape, click the link below for my detailed travel guide.

You may also enjoy:

• Can’t Miss Things To Do When Visiting Cape Cod For The First Time
• Best Things To Do On Cape Cod For Adults
• Best Towns To Stay In On Cape Cod
• What To Pack For Cape Cod
• Unique Things To Do On Cape Cod

3. Nantucket, MA

Distance From Boston: 2-3 hours, which includes time to park at the ferry terminal, and ride the ferry.

Nantucket is a gorgeous island off the coast of Cape Cod bursting with charm and natural beauty. A day trip to Nantucket is common while visiting Cape Cod, but staying overnight for a night or two would be the best way to make the most of your road trip from Boston. This is a great island to explore if you’re looking for stunning beaches and a beautiful downtown area.

To get to Nantucket, you’ll need to take the ferry from Hyannis on Cape Cod. From there, you can choose between Hyline Cruises or Steamship Authority to get to Nantucket.

Best Things To Do on Nantucket:

• Explore the shops and restaurants in the main town.
• Visit Brant Point Lighthouse.
• Rent a moped to explore the local beaches and towns.
• For more amazing things to do on Nantucket, click the link below for my detail travel guide on a Nantucket day trip.
• The Best Nantucket Day Trip Travel Guide
• How Many Days Do You Need On Nantucket + Suggested Itineraries
• How To Visit All The Nantucket Lighthouses

4. Martha’s Vineyard, MA

Martha’s Vineyard is the other island off the coast of Cape Cod, and it’s more popular as an overnight destination, versus a day trip because it’s bigger. Comprised of 6 beautiful towns, Martha’s Vineyard is home to beautiful beaches, quaint Main Streets for shopping and dramatic cliff-lined shores.

To get to Martha’s Vineyard, you’ll need to take a ferry from either Woods Hole or Hyannis (both terminals located on Cape Cod). There is no benefit to picking one over the other, and it’s best to just pick whichever location is more convenient for you (usually it’s Hyannis for most people).

Best Things To Do on Martha’s Vineyard:

• Gingerbread Cottages in Oak Bluffs
• Edgartown downtown and lighthouse
• Aquinnah Cliffs and Gay Head Lighthouse
• South/Katama Beach
• For more information on visiting Martha’s Vineyard, click the link below for my guide on deciding between Nantucket or Martha’s Vineyard for a day trip.

You may also find these Martha’s Vineyard posts helpful:

• Is Nantucket or Martha’s Vineyard Better For A Day Trip?
• The Ultimate Martha’s Vineyard Day Trip Guide
• How To See Martha’s Vineyard Without A Car

5. Marblehead, MA

Distance From Boston: 40-50 minutes.

Marblehead is an adorable little coastal town along the North Shore of Massachusetts, and a very quick road trip from Boston. This is the place to come if you’re looking for historical homes, small-town charm, great seafood, dramatic, rocky coastline and options for beaches.

Best Things To Do in Marblehead, MA:

• Marblehead Lighthouse & Chandler Hovey Park
• Self-guided historical home walking tour.
• Take in the views at Castle Hill Rock.
• For more information on the best things to do in Marblehead, click the link before for my detailed travel guide.

Click here to read even more awesome things to do in Marblehead!

6. Salem, MA

Distance From Boston: 30-40 minutes.

Salem is another little coastal town along the North Shore of Massachusetts, and is known for being the premier New England destination for all things spooky. While visiting Salem in October is definitely a bucket list-worthy goal, it’s actually a really wonderful town to visit all year round. It’s very walkable with a variety of things to do, and makes for a great day trip, or a weekend getaway.

Best Things To Do in Salem, MA:

• Winter Harbor Park and Lighthouse
• Salem Witch Trials Memorial
• Salem Maritimes National Historic Site
• Essex Street Pedestrian Mall
• House of Seven Gables
• Peabody Essex Museum

Psst! I have some helpful guides including planning the perfect Salem, MA day trip , and the best time to visit Salem if you need more information 😉

7. Rockport, MA

Distance From Boston: 50-60 minutes.

Rockport is one of my favorite coastal towns in all of New England. It has so much character, wonderful shops and restaurants, and really invites you to slow down a bit to take it all in. It’s a small town, and can be done in a day, but a weekend here would be a very relaxing road trip from Boston.

Best Things To Do in Rockport, MA:

• Visit Motif 1, the most painted building in New England, if not the country!
• Go for a scenic walk or hike at Halibut Point State Park.
• Meander through the shops on Bear Skin Neck.
• For more things to do in Rockport and the North Shore region, click the links below for my detailed travel guides.

Click here for more amazing things to do in Rockport!

Click here to read my travel guide on the best things to do on Cape Ann!

8. Newburyport, MA

Newburyport is a delightful little coastal town in Massachusetts that has a very traditional New England feel with beautiful homes at every turn, and an adorable little downtown area and waterfront park. Newburyport is also home to Plum Island, which is a gorgeous part of town with amazing beaches and wildlife sanctuaries.

Best Things To Do in Newburyport, MA:

• Visit Oldies Marketplace to look for antiques and treasures.
• Meander the streets of downtown to explore the beautiful storefronts.
• Take a leisurely stroll along the waterfront park.
• Pack a picnic or take a nature walk at Maudslay State Park , which has over 500 acres to explore.
• Head out on the open waters with Yankee Clipper Tours , and cruise around the Merrimack River and Newburyport Harbor.
• Drive over to Plum Island to visit Plums Island Beach, buy some handmade soaps at Plum Island Soap Co. , and walk the stunning nature trails at the Parker River National Wildlife Refugee .

Click here to read my full guide to visiting Newburyport & Plum Island!

9. Block Island, RI

Distance From Boston: 3-3.5 hours, which includes time to park at the ferry terminal, and ride the ferry.

Block Island is a beautiful island off the coast of Rhode Island with gorgeous beaches, walking trails, water activities, salt marshes, great restaurants and is overall a wonderful place to relax while appreciating the outdoors. This actually might be one of my top underdog suggestions for a weekend getaway from Boston.

It actually reminds me a bit of Prince Edward Island, so if you’re looking to live out your Anne of Green Gables dreams, but can’t make it to Canada, this is a great place to do that. There’s even a lovely hotel on the island called Avonlea.

To get to the island, you’ll need to drive to the Pt. Judith ferry terminal in Rhode Island. For more information on the ferry, click here .

Best Things To Do on Block Island, RI:

• Take in the views at Mohegan Bluffs.
• Rent a moped to explore the entire island.
• Spend some time swimming at Mansion Beach.
• Visit the island’s two lighthouses.
• Have lunch with a water view at The Oar .

Click here to read all my tips for taking a Block Island day trip!

10. Newport, RI

Distance From Boston: 1.5 hours, but always anticipate extra traffic crossing the Newport bridge.

Newport is a stunning coastal city in Rhode Island that’s the perfect destination for sailing, shopping, dining and being by the water. Even though it’s technically a city, I wanted to include it in the coastal destinations group because it definitely feels more like a resort waterfront town than a city.

With so many things to do, you could easily spend a weekend here, but Newport will also work for a day trip.

Best Things To Do in Newport, RI:

• Walk along Cliff Walk for amazing coastal views.
• Visit Bowen’s Wharf for shopping and dining.
• Grab a lobster roll at the Newport Lobster Shack .
• Walk over to Goat Island to see the lighthouse and take in views of the Newport Bridge.
• Sail around Narrangansett Bay with Sightsailing of Newport .
• Visit the unique shops along Thames Street.
• Grab lunch and cocktails at The Lawn at Castle Hill Inn , overlooking the water. Better yet, book an overnight stay for the ultimate Newport experience!

Click here to book your stay at The Castle Hill Inn in Newport .

Click here to read all my tips for taking a Newport, RI day trip!

Click here to read about all the best things to do in Newport, RI in the winter!

11. Mystic, CT

Distance From Boston: 1.5 hours

This adorable little town sits along Mystic River, and has an awesome mix of preserved maritimes history, small-town charm and nature. While Mystic is mostly visited for its quaint, waterfront downtown, it’s also home to parts of two bordering towns, Stonington and Groton, giving you opportunity to explore a few different coastal Connecticut destinations during your visit.

Best Things To Do in Mystic, CT:

• See penguins, beluga whales, sharks and sea lions at the Mystic Aquarium .
• Learn all about maritimes history at the Mystic Seaport Museum and Village , which is regarded as one of the best, if not the best, Maritimes museums in the country.
• Hit the trails at Bluff Point State Park.
• Take a sunset or moonlit cruise with Poet’s Lounge Sailing Charters .
• Grab a warm lobster roll, which originated in CT, at Ford’s Lobster in nearby Noank.

Click here to read about all the best things to do in Mystic, CT!

12. The Hamptons, NY

Distance From Boston: 5.5 hours if driving the whole way, 6 hours if you drive to New London, CT to take the ferry.

The Hamptons needs no introduction, as it’s become a famous summer destination in New York thanks to many celebrities calling it a secondary home. Sitting along the Long Island sound, you can expect gorgeous beaches, amazing shopping and restaurants, specialty food markets and farmer’s markets, wineries and plenty of opportunity for rest and relaxation.

The Best Things To Do in The Hamptons:

• Have a beach day and watch the surfers at Coopers Beach in Southampton.
• Go vineyard hopping, and taste some of the local wines. Channing Daughters Winery and Wölffer Estates are two great options.
• Take in the views at Montauk Lighthouse.
• Enjoy an afternoon of rest and restoration at the Montauk Salt Caves .
• Have some amazing and fresh seafood at Bostwick’s Chowder House in East Hampton.
• Rent a bike and ride along Gin Lane in Southampton for incredible views of the ocean, and to see some amazing houses.

13. Ogunquit, ME

Distance From Boston: 1 hour and 15 minutes

One of my favorite beach towns in all of New England is Ogunquit, which is one of the best places to visit in Maine in the summer , but it’s really fun in spring and fall, too. Offering both dramatic and rocky coastline that Maine is famous for, as well as a long, sandy beach that’s perfect for swimming, you’ll get the best of both worlds here. Ogunquit’s town is entirely walkable, so once you drive in, you’ll be able to leave your car behind and get almost everywhere by foot. There’s an amazing downtown scene with plenty of shops and restaurants, and you’re never that far from Ogunquit Beach.

Best Things To Do in Ogunquit, ME:

• Walk along Marginal Way, where you’ll get the most amazing views of the rocky coastline.
• Visit Perkins Cove to enjoy its charming shops and restaurants.
• Spend plenty of time at Ogunquit Beach, one of the best beaches in Maine.
• For more information on things to do in Ogunquit, click the link below for my detailed travel guide.

Click here to read about more amazing things to do in Ogunquit!

14. Kennebunkport, ME

Distance From Boston: 1 hour and 25 minutes

Just a short distance from Ogunquit is Kennebunkport, so these two destinations could easily be combined, and both are worth your time. Kennebunkport is full of character, and can be visited as either a day trip, or a weekend getaway, from Boston. Offering both beaches and a wonderful downtown scene, this is a great place to relax, unwind and enjoy being by the water.

Best Things To Do in Kennebunkport, ME:

• Visit Gooch’s Beach for a walk along the shore, or go for a swim.
• Have an authentic lobsterman experience with Rugosa Lobster Tours .
• Walk around the downtown and Dock Square shops.
• Grab an artisanal ice cream cone at Rococo Ice Cream .
• Have some craft cocktails and beer at Batson River Brewing and Distillery .
• Walk along Parson’s Way for amazing views of the dramatic coastline.
• Grab fresh seafood takeout from The Clam Shack .

Click here to see why Kennebunkport is one of the best Christmas towns in New England!

15. Bar Harbor/Acadia National Park

Distance From Boston: 4 hours and 45 minutes

One of the absolute best places to visit in all of Maine is Bar Harbor and Acadia National Park, and this will make an epic road trip from Boston. Bar Harbor is the adjacent town to Acadia, and where most people stay when visiting the park. Bar Harbor is a fun destination on its own because it’s full of character, and has great restaurants, and a beautiful harbor-side walking path and park.

Acadia National Park is one of the top destinations in all of New England, providing over 120 miles of hiking trails, and countless opportunities to take in some of the best and most incredible coastline views in the entire Northeast. In my opinion, this is one of the best roads trips from Boston you can take.

Best Things To Do in Bar Harbor & Acadia National Park:

• Walk along the Ocean Path trail inside Acadia, which is a flat, easy path along Shore Road that provides the most payoff for minimal effort when it comes to the most famous views in the park.
• Have lunch and popovers at Jordan Pond House inside Acadia, which offers views of the lawn and Jordan Pond.
• Drive to the summit of Cadillac Mountain inside Acadia for sunrise or sunset.
• Explore Bar Harbor’s downtown.
• Take a leisurely walk along Shore Path in Bar Harbor for the best views of the harbor.
• Visit Bass Harbor Lighthouse inside Acadia.

Tip : You’ll need to purchase a park pass to enter any attractions inside Acadia National Park. Park passes can be purchased online in advance by clicking here .

Psst! I have some posts on Acadia that you may find helpful, including my Acadia National Park Itinerary , and the Best Time To Visit Acadia National Park .

Luxury Road Trip Destinations From Boston

These destinations don’t have to be all about luxury, but since it’s nice to treat yourself every now and then, I wanted to include a few of my favorite luxury resorts that are easy road trips from Boston. If all you’re looking for is a little R&R and some serious pampering without having to leave the resort grounds, these are amazing places to visit.

16. Cliff House in Cape Neddick, ME

If you’re looking for the ultimate coastal Maine getaway to fully relax and recharge, then Cliff House will be the perfect road trip from Boston for you. This oceanfront resort sits atop 70 acres of cliffs, and offers incredible amenities that will allow you fully emerse yourself in Maine’s natural beauty without having to go far. Almost every square foot of this property has an ocean view, so there’s no way you can be stressed during your visit.

What To Expect During Your Stay At Cliff House:

• Beautifully-appointed rooms with a private terrace, and your choice of partial or full ocean views. Some rooms are also ocean-front.
• Complimentary coffee, tea and water stations on each floor.
• A full-service spa.
• Three oceanfront restaurants and a coffee cafe.
• Manicured gardens and pathways for relaxing walks.
• Two outdoor pools, two indoor pools and a hot tub.
• On-site shopping.

Click here to book your stay at Cliff House!

17. Ocean House in Westerly, RI

Distance From Boston: 1 hour and 45 minutes

For one of the very best luxury experiences in all of New England, Ocean House in Westerly, RI is a truly amazing destination. With the entire properly overlooking the Block Island Sound, it’s guaranteed you’ll be able to relax during your stay. Travel + Leisure has even named Ocean House as one of the top 100 hotels in the entire world.

What To Expect During Your Stay At Ocean House:

• Freshly designed and elegant coastal New England rooms and suites.
• Complimentary use of the hotels Mercedes-Benz convertibles for self-guided tours.
• Complimentary activities within the resort, such as daily yoga and cooking classes.
• Valet parking included in your room rate.
• Four on-site restaurants, and lobster dinners on the lawn during the summer.
• An on-site spa.
• Beautifully manicured lawns with yard games.
• Complimentary refreshments throughout the day.

Click here to book your stay at the Ocean House!

18. Mohonk Mountain House in New Paltz, NY

Distance From Boston: 3 hours and 45 minutes

If you’re looking for the ultimate road trip from Boston that combines hiking in the mountains with total relaxation, then Mohonk Mountain House is perfect for you. Located in the small college town of New Paltz, Mohonk Mountain House is right in the heart of the Hudson Valley of New York, and is surrounded by 40,000 acres of forest.

Overviews of the resort have been used in the Amazon Prime series Upload , and has long been rumored to be the inspiration behind Stephen King’s The Shining . But don’t let that scare you away! That only thing that will actually scare you once here is how amazing the views are.

If an overnight stay doesn’t work with your plans, guests can also purchase a day pass to the resort grounds, which allows you access to the hiking trails. This is a great way to enjoy the scenery without committing to an overnight stay.

What To Expect During Your Stay At Mohonk Mountain House:

• Traditionally-decorated rooms and suites that overlook the mountains. Most rooms also come with private balconies and rocking chairs.
• Lake Mohonk on the resort grounds.
• An all-inclusive stay where breakfast, lunch, afternoon tea and dinner, as well as all outdoor activities such as kayaks, row boats and canoes, are all included in the room rate.
• 85 miles of hiking trails right outside your door.
• Farm-to-table dining.
• Benches and chairs situated all over the resort grounds for moments of rest, and to clear your mind.

Click here to book your stay at Mohonk Mountain House!

Click here to read my detailed review of a Mohonk Mountain House Day Pass!

19. Mirbeau Spa in Rhinebeck, NY

Distance From Boston: 3 hours and 10 minutes

Mirbeau has a few locations throughout the Northeast, but my favorite of them all is in Rhinebeck, NY, a beautiful little town in the Hudson Valley. This particular Mirbeau Spa is one of the newer additions to their family, and is decorated in a modern, Parisian style, which makes it feel like a unique destination.

The spas at Mirbeau are really amazing. I’ve personally had massages and treatments at different locations, and they’ve always been consistent in quality (and, of course, relaxation). Guests are invited to walk around in robes, including at lunch, and the on-site hotel allows you to continue your relaxation journey into the evening for the perfect overnight stay.

What To Expect During Your Stay At Mirbeau in Rhinebeck, NY:

• A serene, calm spa atmosphere throughout the entire grounds.
• A relaxation room, aqua terrace and steam facility within the spa.
• Different spa packages to customize your stay that include dining options to make your visit stress-free.
• Luxurious and Parisian-inspired accommodations with options including in-room fireplaces and soaking tubs.

Click here to book your stay at Mirbeau in Rhinbeck!

Charming Small Town Road Trip Destinations From Boston

If you’re looking to visit some of the most charming towns in New England and New York for your road trip, I’ve got your covered! Here are the most adorable little towns to visit that make awesome road trips from Boston.

20. Saratoga Springs, NY

Distance From Boston: 3 hours and 15 minutes

While technically a city, Saratoga Springs’ historic downtown feels very much like a quaint village. Located in Upstate, NY and known for its horse racing track season, this destination has so much more to offer including a wonderful Main Street for shopping and dining, gorgeous parks, beautiful and historic architecture and live entertainment.

Best Things To Do in Saratoga Springs, NY:

• Walk around the grounds of Saratoga Spa State Park, which is a National Historic Landmark. You can enjoy a round of golf at an 18-hole championship course, have a picnic by the reflecting pool and admire the architecture of the Hall of Springs.
• July – Labor Day, visit the Race Track , and even try your hand at placing bets on the winner!
• Stroll through Congress Park, and find the mineral springs to taste the local water.
• Enjoy a healing bath at the Roosevelt Baths & Spa . The spa staff is trained on how to draw the perfect bath at just the right temperature, and the minerals in the waters have been said to have health benefits such as reducing sinus congestion and arthritis symptoms.
• Take in a live show at SPAC , one of the the country’s most renowned outdoor concert venues.
• Walk up and down Broadway, downtown’s main street, to visit the local shops and restaurants.
• Grab delicious cocktails with lunch or dinner at Morrissey’s Lounge & Bistro inside the famed Adelphi Hotel. Better yet, book an overnight stay at this Gilded Age-era boutique hotel, located in the heart of Saratoga’s downtown.

Click here to book your stay at the Adelphi Hotel in Saratoga Springs!

21. Skaneateles, NY

Distance From Boston: 5 hours and 20 minutes

Skaneateles is a lakeside town in the Finger Lakes region of Upstate, NY, and is a wonderful place to visit, especially in the Summer. With Skaneateles Lake right in the heart of downtown, and an adorable Main Street with really nice shops and restaurants, the quaintness of the town is perfect for rest and relaxation, but also offers plenty to do to keep from ever being bored.

Best Things To Do in Skaneateles, NY:

• Walk around Main Street to visit the boutiques.
• Sit and admire the views of the lake from the town’s many waterfront areas.
• Visit Anyela’s Vineyards to enjoy a tasting, or sip on a glass of wine and take in the peaceful views of the vineyards.
• Head out onto the lake for a boat tour.
• Grab dinner and drinks at the Sherwood Inn , located right in the heart of town, and just across the street from the lake.
• Spend the day getting pampered at Mirbeau Inn & Spa , the original Mirbeau location, which is home to a Monet-inspired garden and bridge.

Click here to book your stay at Mirbeau Inn & Spa in Skaneateles!

Click here to read more suggestions on the best things to do in Skaneateles, NY!

22. Lake Placid, NY

Distance From Boston: 5 hours

Known for hosting two Olympic games, Lake Placid in the Adirondack region of Upstate NY has so much more to offer (although, the Olympic sites are definitely worth visiting!). I personally love visiting Lake Placid in the winter because the alpine-inspired town really seems to come alive with apres-ski vibes, but it’s really a great destination all year round. While in Lake Placid, you’ll be surrounded by mountains and fresh air, and feel like you’ve truly escaped from every day life.

Best Things To Do in Lake Placid, NY:

• Walk around Mirror Lake, located in the heart of Lake Placid’s downtown.
• In the winter, enjoy skiing at Whiteface Mountain , and ice skating and a Toboggan Chute on Mirror Lake.
• Enjoy the miles of hiking trails in the nearby mountains.
• Walk around the alpine-inspired downtown village to visit the quaint shops.
• In the summer, go for a swim in Mirror Lake from the public beach area.
• Visit the Olympic sites, including the ski jump, ice arena and the Lake Placid Olympic Museum .
• Walk around High Falls Gorge, a 22-acre nature park with waterfalls.
• Grab drinks and lunch or dinner at The Cottage, a restaurant at Mirror Lake Inn Resort & Spa that sits right on Mirror Lake. Better yet, book an overnight stay, and also enjoy the on-site spa for the ultimate Lake Placid getaway!

Click here to book your stay at the Mirror Lake Inn Resort & Spa in Lake Placid .

Click here to read my post on all the best things to do in Lake Placid in the fall!

23. Hudson, NY

Distance From Boston: 2 hours and 45 minutes

Located in the Hudson Valley of New York, Hudson is known as being incredibly charming, and one of the best destinations for antiquing in the area. This is a great little town to visit if you’re looking to relax, enjoy a small-town atmosphere and see where the day takes you. Hudson is also a great destination if you’re looking to explore the entire Hudson Valley region.

Best Things To Do in Hudson, NY:

• Antiquing! There are countless antique shops in Hudson, and you’ll definitely want to check out The Antique Warehouse , which has over 300,000 sq. feet of treasures.
• Stroll down Warren Street, where most of the storefronts can be found.
• Take a boat cruise along the Hudson River with Hudson Cruises , which offers tours to the Hudson-Athens Lighthouse, and even murder mystery cruises!
• The Hudson Farmer’s Market is regarded as one of the best in the region, and is open every Saturday in-season, and also has a winter location February-April.
• Tour the local art galleries.
• Go for a nature walk in the Greenport Conservation Area, which is home to over 7 miles of trails, and is walkable from downtown Hudson.

Click here to read my post on the best things to do in Upstate New York in the fall!

24. Manchester, VT

This small little town in Southern Vermont is the perfect place to disconnect and relax. As you cross the New York/Vermont border, you’ll begin to see the tall mountains all around you, and instantly feel more at peace. In fact, you’ll be able to see the surrounding mountains from everywhere in downtown Manchester. And with everything to do from shopping and dining to hiking and nature walks, you’re sure to find something that everyone in your group will enjoy.

Best Things To Do in Manchester, VT:

• Hike or drive up Mt. Equinox, the tallest mountain in the Taconic Range, and enjoy the incredible views from above.
• Browse through Northshire Bookstore , an amazing independent bookstore that’s been in business since 1976. Here, you’ll find new and used books, a wonderful children’s section, and unique Vermont-inspired gifts and souvenirs.
• Visit Hildene , the Lincoln family estate, where visitors can tour the gardens, walking trails, farm land and indoor exhibits, and enjoy sweeping views of the Vermont countryside.
• Rent a tube at Vermont River Runners and take a relaxing water tube ride along the Battenkill River, which is perfect for a warm summer day.
• Grab a sandwich as big as your head at Zoey’s Deli . I also love their homemade chips!
• Hike the Lye Brook Falls trails to visit a beautiful waterfall. The trailhead is a short 5-minute drive from town center.
• Go for a dip in the Dorset Marble Quarry for a unique swimming experience!
• After your swim, visit the Dorset Union Store , a quintessential Vermont country store.

Click here for an awesome Vermont covered bridges tour itinerary!

25. Woodstock, VT

Distance From Boston: 2.5 hours

Of all the Vermont towns on this list, I think Woodstock might be my favorite. I love them all, but there’s something about Woodstock that just screams New England charm, and perfectly balances being a town that caters to tourists, while not losing any of the local character. It’s one of those idyllic towns you’ll daydream about moving to.

Best Things To Do in Woodstock, VT:

• Walk through the truly adorable village and enjoy the local shops and coffee cafes.
• Head over to the Woodstock Middle Covered Bridge, located right in the village, for a picture-perfect Vermont moment.
• Get your hands muddy with a pottery workshop at Farmhouse Pottery .
• Drive to nearby Quechee and visit the Simon Pearce Restaurant & Mill , and take in a live glass-blowing demonstration, as well as lunch overlooking the gorge.
• Head over to Quechee Gorge Village after Simon Pearce for some antiquing.
• Visit Billings Farm & Museum to tour a working dairy farm, gardens and orchards, and see live demonstrations. The grounds here are truly spectacular!
• Hike Mount Tom for stunning views of Woodstock from above.
• Best Places To Stay In Vermont In The Fall
• Best Things To Do In Woodstock, VT
• Best Winter Getaways In New England

26. Stowe, VT

Distance From Boston: 3 hours and 20 minutes

Stowe is an adorable little village in Northern Vermont that I love to visit, and it always puts a smile on my face. Even though it’s a well-known ski destination in the winter months, it’s a great little place to visit year-round will lots of outdoor activities and perfect Vermont scenery all over, including some beautiful covered bridges.

Best Things To Do in Stowe, VT:

• Hike Mount Mansfield, the highest mountain in Vermont, or drive the auto road to the summit.
• See if you believe in ghosts at Emily’s Covered Bridge. Legend says it’s haunted by a girl who hung herself on the bridge after her boyfriend never came to meet her.
• Walk the Stowe Recreation Path, a 5.5-mile long paved path that goes through beautiful scenery throughout the village. The path can be accessed from several locations in the village.
• Connect to the Quiet Path along the Rec Path, which is reserved for walkers only (meaning, no bikes wizzing by you). It meanders through parts of Mayo Farm, and is a very relaxing way to spend an afternoon.
• Go hiking at Smuggler’s Notch State Park.
• Visit the nearby Ben & Jerry’s Factory for a tour.
• Explore Sterling Falls Gorge.
• In the winter, hit the slopes at Stowe Mountain Ski Resort.
• Pick up some chocolates from Lake Champlain Chocolates.
• Best Things To Do In Stowe, VT
• Best Stops To Make When Driving From Boston to Stowe, VT
• Best Things To Do In Vermont In The Winter

27. Greenwich, CT

Distance From Boston: 3 hours

Greenwich is an absolutely beautiful town that sits right on the border of New York, and also very accessible to Manhattan. I love coming to this idyllic little town when I want a day of relaxing, shopping, dining, being outside, visiting the beach and enjoying the gorgeous scenery.

Best Things To Do in Greenwich, CT:

• Shop the stores along Greenwich Avenue.
• Enjoy a serene walk through the Donald M. Kendall Sculpture Gardens in nearby Purchase, NY.
• Meander through Montgomery Pinetum, a public park that’s very relaxing, and also has beautiful ponds, nature trails and gardens with an educational center and greenhouse.
• Head to the Lobster Bin for an amazing lobster roll on-the-go.
• Spend some time at the beaches along Greenwich Point Park.
• Admire the architecture of the historic district buildings.

28. Jackson, NH

Let’s head to the White Mountain National Forest in New Hampshire! One of the best towns to stay in is Jackson, where you’ll find a lovely downtown and Main Street, an iconic red covered bridge, and endless opportunities to explore the White Mountains region, including lots of hiking and outdoor activities. While it’s most popular during the winter for skiing, and the fall for foliage season, Jackson can be enjoyed year-round.

Best Things To Do in Jackson, NH:

• Visit Honeymoon Bridge, the town’s famous red covered bridge.
• Drive to the summit of Mount Washington, the highest peak in New England.
• Hike the Glen Ellis Falls Trail.
• Explore the downtown shops and restaurants.
• In the winter, go skiing at Black Mountain. In the summer, the mountain offers horseback riding and lots of hiking trails.

You may also like: The best things to do in New England in the fall!

City Life Road Trip Destinations From Boston

Even though you’re road-tripping from a city already, it’s still exciting to explore a new one. There are quite a few cities that make for amazing road trips from Boston, and many of them can be combined with other destinations from this list to offer the best of city life, and coastal or small-town living.

29. Portsmouth, NH

Distance From Boston: 1 hour

This charming little city is just a short drive from Boston, and definitely feels more like a town than a city. Portsmouth is a port-side city with a gorgeous downtown filled with quaint shops and boutiques, and is known as being a huge foodie destination. This is a great city to visit if you’re looking for a lot of character, and lots of options when it comes to being outside, dining and shopping.

Best Things To Do in Portsmouth, NH:

• Grab some fresh and delicious pastries from Elephantine Bakery , and be sure to enjoy them just outside the cafe in the most adorable little courtyard.
• Shop the boutiques in downtown Portsmouth.
• Walk along Prescott Park, which has over 10 acres of waterfront gardens and paths, and is home to live entertainment in the summer months.
• Take a dip in the water at Great Island Common Park.
• Go brewery hopping, as Portsmouth is home to five breweries.
• Enjoy a drink at the Book & Bar , a combined bookstore, cafe and bar.
• Head out onto the water with Portsmouth Harbor Cruises .
• Visit Portsmouth Harbor Lighthouse.

30. Providence, RI

Providence is the capital of Rhode Island, and also home to famed schools Brown University and the Rhode Island School of Design. It’s also a really fun city to be a tourist! With Providence River running through the city, you still have opportunities to feel like you’re connected to nature, and with tons of restaurants, shops, nightlife and history, this destination makes for an amazing road trip from Boston.

Best Things To Do in Providence, RI:

• Visit The Arcade , the country’s very first shopping mall designed with Greek revival architecture, and now home to some awesome boutiques and art galleries.
• Visit the Roger Williams Park Zoo , which is the third oldest zoo in the country, where guests can feed giraffes and other farm animals, and see over 160 different species while visiting. You can also jump on the Explore and Soar ride, which is a fun zip ride and train excursion through the forests.
• Enjoy a leisurely walk along the Providence Riverwalk.
• During the summer, experience WaterFire, where braziers are set with bonfires in the middle of the river.
• Take in the exhibits at the RISD Museum of Art.
• Take a Venetian gondola ride along the river at Waterplace Park.
• Do a self-guided historical walking tour along Benefit Street to see some of the city’s most historic houses and buildings.
• Take a boat tour along the Providence River.

Click here to read my post on the best day trips from Providence!

31. Portland, ME

Portland is an exciting waterfront city in Maine that sits on a peninsula along Casco Bay, and provides the best of both worlds as far as being a city destination that’s also coastal. With things to do outdoors along the dramatic coastline, to an amazing restaurant and food scene, Portland has a little something for everyone during your road trip from Boston.

Best Things To Do in Portland, ME:

• Portland Head Lighthouse is a must! It’s the most famous lighthouse in Maine, and one of the most iconic in all of New England. Nearby, you can also visit Spring Point Ledge Light and Bug Light, and do a mini lighthouse tour without leaving the city!
• Visit one of my favorite breweries in New England, Bissell Brothers . They also get bonus points for being close to the waterfront at Thompson’s Point.
• Meander around Old Port to see the city’s fishing industry come to life.
• Walk along the lively waterfront scene on Commercial Street for shopping, dining and water views.
• Tour the open waters on a beautiful Schooner tour with Portland Schooner . They also invite you to pack a picnic with beer and wine to enhance your experience.
• Tour the Portland Arts District, which is filled with art galleries, museums and theaters.
• Take a culinary tour of the city and learn the very best places to eat, led by a local. Click the link below to book your tour, or learn more info.

Click here to book your walking culinary tour in Portland!

You may also like:

• Best Boston Hotels Near The Aquarium
• Best Stops To Make Driving From Boston To Portland, Maine
• Best Day Trips From Portland, Maine
• Best Breweries In Portland, Maine
• Best Things To Do In New England For Your Bucket List

32. New York City

Distance From Boston: 3 hours and 45 minutes (but always allow extra time for traffic)

New York City needs no introduction, and if you’ve never been to the city that never sleeps, this is an absolute must if you’re looking into road trips from Boston. Below is a list of my absolute favorite things to do when I visit NYC, which includes the best things to do for first-time visitors.

The Best Things To Do in New York City:

• Walk the Brooklyn Bridge and visit DUMBO for sweeping views of both the Brooklyn and Manhattan bridges.
• Get bagels at Brooklyn Bagel (the best in the city).
• Visit Central park, and be sure to stop at Bow Bridge, Belvedere Castle and The Mall walkway.
• Grab a slice of pizza at Joe’s (150 E 14th St.)
• Explore the MET Museum and Cloisters.
• Take the Staten Island Ferry for views of the Statue of Liberty (this is free and way better than the official tours, which are super crowded!).
• See a broadway show.
• It’s touristy, but I love going to the top of the Empire State Building.
• Walk around the West Village for amazing streets and brownstones.

33. Burlington, VT

Burlington is a small and beautiful city in Northern Vermont that sits along Lake Champlain, and is wonderfully diverse, exuberant and also very relaxing. This is a great destination if you’re looking for a small-town feel set in a bigger city, waterfront and outdoor activities, an art scene and plenty of amazing restaurants.

Best Things To Do in Burlington, VT:

• Walk around Church Street, a pedestrian-only area lined with unique shops and restaurants.
• Stroll around the waterfront to admire the views of Lake Champlain, as well as the Burlington Breakwater Lighthouse.
• Bike the Burlington Bike Path, a beautiful path along the lake that’s over 7 miles long.
• Go kayaking or stand up paddleboarding on the lake.
• Head to nearby Shelburne to tour Shelburne Farms , one of my favorite things to do in all of Vermont! There are tons of hiking and walking trails through the 1400-acre picturesque grounds, and you can stop to sample their homemade cheeses and baked goods along the way.
• Take in the art scene on the South End, which is loaded with galleries and shops.
• Get a taste for the local brews with a Sip of Burlington Beer Tour. Join a small group for dinner, and learn from a local brew expert as you taste all the different beers that are brewed nearby. Click the link below to learn more, or book your tour.

Click here to book your Beer of Burlington experience!

34. Philadelphia, PA

Last but most definitely not least on our round-up of the best road trips from Boston, is the city of Brothery Love, Philadelphia. Philly is Pennsylvania’s largest city, and is deeply rooted in history, but there are all kinds of things to do from exciting nightlife and amazing food to parks and waterfront activities.

Best Things To Do in Philadelphia, PA:

• Run up the Rocky Steps at the Philadelphia Museum of Art, and snap a picture with the Rocky statue. A bit touristy, but if you’re a fan of the movie, you gotta go for it.
• Speaking of the Philadelphia Museum of Art , after your Rocky moment, be sure to visit. They have an amazing American art collection, as well as works by famed impressionists Renoir, Degas and Monet.
• Tour Independence Hall, regarded as the birthplace of the United States, and where the Declaration of Independence was debated by our Founding Fathers.
• Venture just outside the city to visit Longwood Gardens, an expansive garden oasis filled with both indoor and outdoor gardens and, and beautifully designed grounds.
• Grab a Philly cheesesteak at Woodrow’s Sandwich Shop .
• Stroll along the Delaware Riverfront to explore Cherry Street and Race Street Piers, and take in amazing views of the Benjamin Franklin Bridge.
• Hop on a BYOB trolley tour of the city, hosted by hilarious guides that share historic and entertaining information, and take you to some of the top sites in the city. Click the link below to learn more, or book your tour.

Click here to book your Historically Hilarious Trolley Tour in Philadelphia!

Road Trip Itinerary Options

If you’re looking to combine towns from this list into longer roads trips, or are wondering which towns are close enough to combine together to maximize your time and cover the most ground, I’ve got you covered! Below you’ll find suggested itineraries with different routes you can take while planning the best road trips from Boston.

Option 1: Massachusetts North Shore Road Trip From Boston

For this route, you’ll head north from Boston and visit the following destinations:

• Newburyport & Plum Island
• Portsmouth, NH

Days Needed For This Route: 2-4 . If you’re looking for an easy road trip from Boston with lots of options, this is an awesome route to take. You can do it in as little as 2 days for a weekend trip, or add on two additional days to take your time and explore each town.

Option 2: Cape Cod & The Islands Road Trip From Boston

For this route, you’ll head south from Boston and visit the following destinations:

• Martha’s Vineyard

Days Needed For This Route: 7-8 days. Because this route requires ferries from Cape Cod to the islands, and with Cape Cod being a larger region to explore, I recommend a week.

If you have less time, the islands could be done as day trips, and you could attempt this route in about 5 days . If you have 10 days, I would suggest spending one night in Plymouth, 5 days on Cape Cod, two nights on Nantucket and two nights on Martha’s Vineyard for the ultimate Cape Cod road trip.

Option 3: Boston To Bar Harbor Road Trip

This route will take you up the coast of Maine and stop in these destinations:

• Newburyport, MA
• Ogunquit, ME
• Kennebunkport, ME
• Portland, ME
• Bar Harbor, ME

Days Needed For This Route: 7-10 days. I suggest this much time because your final destination, Bar Harbor, is home to Acadia National Park, and there’s so much to see and do just in the park. And each stop along the way is a very worthy destination to spend at least one night in.

If you’re very short on time, you can do this route in 4 nights with this itinerary:

• On your way to Ogunquit, pass through Newburyport and spend 2-3 hours there. Arrive in Ogunquit late afternoon to spend the night.
• The next day, spend the morning in Ogunquit, and then drive to Kennebunkport to spend about 3 hours exploring there. Drive to Portland, and spend the night.
• The next day, spend your morning in Portland, and then drive to Bar Harbor to arrive by mid-afternoon. Spend 2 nights in Bar Harbor.
• Drive back to Boston.

I have a detailed Boston To Bar Harbor, Maine Road Trip Itinerary if you’d like more help with planning!

Option 4: Vermont Road Trip From Boston

For this route, you’ll head northwest of Boston, and drive through the best towns in Vermont from this list. You’ll cover these destinations:

• Manchester, VT
• Woodstock, VT
• Burlington, VT

Note : This route isn’t as direct as the other routes, and will include 6.5 hours of driving time to get from Boston to Burlington, stopping at the other destinations along the way. But then you can drive direct from Burlington to Boston on your way home, which will only take 3.5 hours.

Days Needed For This Route: 3-5 days . This could easily be a long weekend itinerary if you don’t stop in each town overnight, and just visit Manchester and Stowe for a few hours each. You could, of course, take your time, and do up to 5 nights for this itinerary.

Option 5: Rhode Island & Coastal Connecticut Road Trip From Boston

This route will take you southwest from Boston, and you’ll visit these destinations:

• Providence, RI
• Newport, RI
• Block Island, RI
• Westerly, RI

Days Needed For This Route: 3-6 days . This is another itinerary you could also do in a weekend if you only spend a few hours in Mystic, as a day trip from Newport, and skip going to Block Island. To visit all these destinations, you’ll need about 5 days, but 6 would be ideal to not feel rushed.

Tip : If you wanted to extend your road trip further along this route, there is a ferry that leaves from New London, CT, and goes to the Hamptons!

Option 6: Boston To New York City & The Hamptons Road Trip

This route will take you to these destinations:

• Rhinebeck, NY
• New Paltz, NY
• New York City
• The Hamptons
• Optional add-on: Philadelphia, PA

Note : The route from Boston to The Hamptons, while making all the stops in the Hudson Valley in-between, is not direct, and will take about 7.5 hours without stops, so I highly suggest you stop overnight in at least one of the towns to break up your drive. If you wanted to visit Philadelphia, this would be the route you would want to add that destination to, as you will have to drive through NYC to get there.

Days Needed For This Route: 1 week. To do this route in 7 days, I would suggest spending a few hours each in Hudson and Rhinebeck, then spend the night in New Paltz (splurging at Mohonk Mountain House is definitely worth it!). Then drive to NYC the next day, and spend 3 nights there. Then drive to The Hamptons, and spend 3 nights. If you want to add Philadelphia, you’ll want to add an extra night or two.

If you’re short on time and want to do this route in fewer days, I would suggest spending a night in the Hudson Valley (same as above), spend 3 nights in NYC, but include a day trip to The Hamptons. Or, if The Hamptons is of more interest to you, you could spend one night in NYC, and spend a night or two in The Hamptons. And then drive back to Boston.

The other option is to drive direct from Boston to New York City, and leave out the Hudson Valley towns entirely. On that route, your focus would be New York City and The Hamptons.

What Towns Are 1 Hour From Boston?

Plymouth, Salem, Rockport, Newburyport are all within an hour from Boston, and make for wonderful road trips or day trips from Boston.

Towns not mentioned on this list that are also an hour or less from Boston that are perfect for a road trip are Scituate, Gloucester, Manchester-By-The-Sea and Essex, all of which are located in Massachusetts.

What Cities Are 6 Hours From Boston?

New York City, Portsmouth, NH, Philadelphia, PA, Portland, ME, Burlington, VT and Providence, RI are all within 6 hours or less from Boston, and are all included on this list as amazing road trips from Boston.

Is Boston Close To Niagara Falls?

Boston is over 7 hours from Niagara Falls, and for that reason, didn’t make this list of road trips. But if you have extra time, it could be added to a road trip itinerary for Skaneateles, NY and the finger lakes region.

• 7-Day New England Road Trip Itinerary
• The Perfect New England Fall Road Trip
• Boston In The Fall: Fun Things To Do!
• The Best New England Gifts and Souvenirs to Look For During Your Trip
• 60+ Things To Do In Vermont
• Summer In New England: Best Places To Go & Things To Do!
• Incredible New England Resorts & Spas
• Best Time To Visit New England

That’s A Wrap On The Best Road Trips From Boston

As you can see, Boston is really an incredible gateway to all of the Northeast, making it easy to take lots of different road trips. Whether you want to explore the coast of Massachusetts and Maine, go cute-town-hopping through Vermont or visit as many cities as you can, you’re now ready to plan which of these road trips from Boston is perfect for you.

You might also enjoy

Subscribe To My Newsletter

• Privacy Policy
• Terms & Conditions
• Disclosure Policy

9 of the best road trips in the USA

US road trips remain ever-present on travel bucket lists the world over.

A true pillar of American folklore, their routes are steeped in history and paint a picture of the USA through the ages, from the Gold Rush to the Cold War.

In the modern day, these routes remain on the travel lists of Americans and tourists alike, all longing to head out on the open road to discover vibrant cities, desert plains, attractive coastlines and enormous mountain ranges.

In a nation that stretches over 3,000 miles from east to west, there are hundreds of routes to take you across the country, whether you want to follow the coast north from California or take a more remote route in Alaska.

Lesser known odysseys such as Route 101 or the Lincoln Highway quickly capture the imagination, while famed highways such as Route 66 dominate the dreams of would-be road trippers. To help you decide which route suits you, we’ve rounded up a list of the best trips across the country.

Chicago to Santa Monica

The USA’s most famous route has been immortalised via a combination of pop culture and nostalgia, despite no longer officially being classified as highway. Today, it remains the holy grail of US road trips.

Stretching for around 2,500 miles from Chicago to the beachfront of Santa Monica (just next to Los Angeles), it provides a taste of times gone by in the US, from kitsch gas stations to the Wild West-like emptiness of the Arizona and New Mexico desert.

This retro feeling is lost at either end of the ‘Mother Road’, especially when arriving into LA, but the marked contrast means that those travelling the route get to experience a quintessential slice of the States, including beautiful desert landscapes, the vintage Americana of Texas and two of the country’s foremost modern cities.

Read more on North America travel :

• The best time to visit Hawaii for a holiday – and how to avoid the rain
• Affordable New York: How to do the notoriously expensive city on a budget
• Canada travel guide: Everything you need to know before you go

The Great River Road

Minnesota to louisiana.

This winding route follows the equally serpentine Mississippi River for a total of over 2,300 miles through 10 states. It starts (or ends) in Louisiana, near the Gulf of Mexico, before coursing through Mississippi, Tennessee and ending up in Minnesota, near the Canadian border.

At its start, the route takes travellers across two of of the US’s most famous cities. It begins in New Orleans , the centre of Cajun and Creole culture, and shortly after passes through the capital of blues, soul and rock’n’roll: Memphis , Tennessee.

The rest of the route is renowned for showcasing an abundance of different natural landscapes that only a country as geographically diverse as the US could provide. The wetlands and bayous of Mississipi and Louisiana, including the Atchafalaya Basin, will be the most alien environment to many visitors, with a distinctly eerie, almost rainforest-like feel.

Following along the Mississippi, drivers will see flat plains, mountains and extensive woodland as the route crosses Arkansas, Kentucky, Iowa and Wisconsin, before finishing in Minnesota, “the Land of 10,000 Lakes”.

Lincoln Highway

New york to san francisco.

Though no longer in existence as a single route, a little research will help you take on a section – or all – of the 3,389-mile long transcontinental route that was originally conceived in the 1910s. The route started in New York City and extended all the way to Lincoln Park in San Francisco , taking in 14 states including Ohio, Illinois, Nebraska, Utah and Nevada. Today, much of the road is now Route 30, from Pennsylvania to Wyoming – avoid the freeways of the I-80 for a trip with less motorway and more character.

Today, driving the route is easier in some states than others due to different standards in maintaining the route’s heritage, but this highway will take you across roughly 700 cities and towns, from small-time American settlements to big-hitters like Chicago and Pittsburgh. Along the way, you can learn about the history of both the highway and early America, visit 19th-century mining towns and see some delightful nature, including parts of Lake Tahoe and the Utah desert.

Los Angeles to Olympia, Washington

Route 101 traces the US’s Pacific Coast from California up into Washington, offering some of the best coastal views in the country. Though it technically starts in Los Angeles , you can begin the route from near the Mexican border, close to San Diego, all the way up to the border with Canada.

The route is split into different sections of road in each state. The first section is California State Route 1, also known as the Pacific Coast Highway, which offers the first uninterrupted sightings of the turquoise waters of the Pacific. It carries on through San Francisco and across the Golden Gate Bridge, passing through the famous wine regions of the Napa Valley and Sonoma County, before picking up the Oregon 101.

Oregon’s coast is home to raw natural beauty, captured in the rugged, unspoilt coastline of areas like Cannon Beach and the valleys of the Columbia River. You continue along the river as you enter Washington, eventually circling the Olympic Peninsula and its mountains before finishing near Olympia’s State Capitol Building.

Richardson Highway

Valdez to fairbanks.

Shorter than many US trips, but certainly no less scenic, the Richardson Highway extends for “just” 364 miles between the cities of Valdez and Fairbank. Alaska offers some of the wildest natural landscapes in America, perhaps best compared to parts of Iceland when viewing its large glaciers, towering peaks, dramatic gorges, steep waterfalls and the Valdez glacier lake.

Various locations offer a host of activities such as white water rafting, hiking, fishing and even ice climbing (as well as views of the Trans-Alaskan Pipeline). Both Valdez and Fairbanks have a range of things to keep you busy too, from lake cruises and whale watching to skiing and Northern Lights spotting.

The Atlantic Coast

New york to florida keys.

Another road trip that gets to roughly 2,000 miles but can easily be split up into manageable sections, a trip down the Atlantic Coast is a worthy alternative to its Pacific counterpart. There is no defined route, with some beginning as far north as Bar Harbor in Maine, and others starting in NYC . If you do start in Maine, you’ll have the option to explore Boston, Rhode Island and the Hamptons, as well as the Big Apple.

Continuing south towards Miami , you can travel through Philadelphia, Washington D.C. and Atlantic City, the East’s answer to Las Vegas. If you stick to the coast rather than heading to the capital, you’ll go through Delaware before crossing a tiny section of the Atlantic over into Virginia Beach.

Carrying on through North and South Carolina, you’ll eventually reach Florida , first via Jacksonville and then Orlando if you fancy a small detour. From Miami you’re on the home stretch, but not before you cross arguably the highlight of the entire trip – the 113-mile Overseas Highway, which extends over the Atlantic between Miami and Key West, the final stop.

Road to Hana

Hana to kahului.

Hawaii may not be the first destination that comes to mind when thinking of road trips, with the Polynesian-influenced State home to a fascinating local culture, laid-back towns and coastline so picturesque it’s scarcely believable. But one small route stands out on Maui that’s as beautiful as those famed beaches – the Hana Highway, which links the towns of Hana and Kahului.

Running for just 64 miles, this coastal route usually takes around three hours to drive due to speed limitations and around 600 bends, winding through dense jungle and passing over imposing cliffs while tantalisingly close to the emerald waters of the Pacific.

Western Highlights

San francisco to las vegas.

This trip takes in some of the US’s most famous landmarks and cities, passing through California , Nevada and Arizona.

Begin in charming San Francisco, where innovation, forward-thinking and counterculture have combined to form a bohemian city backed by national landmarks like the Golden Gate Bridge. The first stop on your route will be Yosemite National Park, a land of surreal landscapes including giant sequoias, the 914-metre vertical rock face of El Capitan and North America’s tallest waterfall, Yosemite Falls.

Continue on a slightly longer drive southeast towards Los Angeles, where you’ll need a few days to take in the sights of Hollywood, Santa Monica, Malibu and the rest, before continuing on to the Grand Canyon via the I-10 or I-40 freeways.

Red rock hills and desert plains will quickly come into sight before you reach what is undeniably one of America’s most famous, and impressive, natural sites. Explore, hike and marvel at the vast sandstone cliffs and winding waterways, before spending the night in a rustic mountain cabin. This grandiose trip finishes in equally extravagant Las Vegas , the US’s undisputed home of hedonism.

Read our reviews of the best USA hotels

From news to politics, travel to sport, culture to climate – The Independent has a host of free newsletters to suit your interests. To find the stories you want to read, and more, in your inbox, click here .

• Best overall
• Best for cruises
• Best for reputation
• Best for preexisting conditions
• Best for digital nomads
• Best low-cost
• Best for road trips
• Best for adventure traveling
• How we reviewed travel insurance companies

Ultimate Guide to Choosing the Best Travel Insurance in July 2024

Affiliate links for the products on this page are from partners that compensate us (see our advertiser disclosure with our list of partners for more details). However, our opinions are our own. See how we rate insurance products to write unbiased product reviews.

Traveling is an adventure, a leap into the unknown, a story waiting to unfold. But every story needs a safety net, and that's where travel insurance comes in. In this guide to the best travel insurance, we'll embark on a journey to help you better understand travel insurance and uncover the benefits that make it an indispensable companion for any traveler.

Best Travel Insurance Companies of 2024 Summary

• Best Overall: Nationwide Travel Insurance
• Runner-Up: AXA Assistance USA
• Best for Cruises: Travel Guard
• Best Reputation:  C&F Travel Insured
• Best for Pre-existing Conditions:   Tin Leg Travel Insurance
• Best for Digital Nomads:   WorldTrips Travel Insurance
• Best Low-Cost Option:   Trawick International Travel Insurance
• Best for Road Trips: Travelex Travel Insurance
• Best for Adventure Sports :  World Nomads Travel Insurance

Top Travel Insurance Companies Comparison

The best travel insurance companies offer comprehensive coverage options for a wide range of people and needs. For this guide, we looked at coverage options, customizability, and the best companies for specific situations, such as pre-existing conditions.

Here are Business Insider's picks for the best travel insurance companies in 2024. 

Best Overall Travel Insurance

Nationwide travel insurance.

Nationwide is of the largest players in the travel insurance space, offering nearly endless options for any customer on the travel spectrum, including annual travel insurance plans which can offer frequent travelers the flexibility to "set it and forget it" on their travel insurance coverage.

Nationwide Essential also offers some of the most affordable policies in the market compared to similar plans from competitors, which makes it a great pick for just about anyone. Buyers can discuss bundling options as Nationwide also sells homeowners, auto, pet, and other insurance products. Its travel insurance quoting is just as easy as it has been with other Nationwide insurance products.

Read our Nationwide Travel Insurance review .

Best Travel Insurance Runner-Up

Axa assistance usa.

AXA offers consumers a great option for no-stress travel insurance: low-priced plans, generous coverage limits on key categories including primary insurance on lost luggage, and up to 150% reimbursement for qualifying trip cancellations.

While add-ons are limited and rental car coverage is not included by default on cheaper plans, AXA is a perfect fit for travelers who don't plan to drive (or who already hold a travel credit card with rental car coverage), and don't need any additional bells and whistles.

Read our AXA Assistance USA Travel Insurance review .

Best Travel Insurance for Cruises

Travel guard.

AIG is well-known insurance provider, and a great fit for travelers who want to ensure that they can get their money back in the event of canceled or interrupted travel plans.

While the company's policies can be pricey compared to its competitors, the high medical and evacuation limits make AIG a solid choice for older travelers who value peace of mind and simplicity over highly customizable plans that may be bolstered with medical upgrades.

Read our AIG Travel Guard review .

Best Travel Insurance for Reputation

C&f travel insured.

While every travel insurance company has negative reviews about its claims process, C&F Travel Insured 's claims process has a consistent stream of positive reviews. One customer wrote that C&F processed a claim within 48 hours. Additionally, C&F regularly responds to customer reviews within one business week, making reviews a consistent way to reach the company.

Additionally, in C&F's fine print, it mentions that any claims that take more than 30 days to pay out will begin to accrue interest at 9% APY.

C&F's reputation isn't the only thing to speak highly of. It offers an array of add-ons uncommon in the travel insurance industry, such as Interruption for Any Reason insurance and CFAR coverage for annual plans. C&F also offers discounts for children on its Protector Edge plan and free coverage on its Protector plan.  

Read our C&F Travel Insured review . 

Best Travel Insurance for Pre-Existing Conditions

Tin leg travel insurance.

Tin Leg is a great fit for travelers with medical issues in particular. Seven of Tin Leg's eight travel plans include coverage for pre-existing conditions as long as you purchase your policy within 15 days of your initial trip payment.

Thanks to coverage for pre-existing medical conditions as well as for potential COVID-19 infection while traveling, this company offers some of the best financial investment options for travelers who are or will be exposed to higher health risks and issues.

Read our Tin Leg Travel Insurance review .

Best Travel Insurance for Digital Nomads

Worldtrips travel insurance.

WorldTrips has affordable premiums, highly customizable add-ons, and generous coverage for core categories of travel insurance. All this makes it a great option for digital nomads, students studying abroad and backpackers.

However, travelers should keep in mind that plans are not particularly flexible, and coverage amounts are limited unless you plan ahead to pay for the areas and amounts that you need.

Read our WorldTrips Travel Insurance review .

Best Travel Insurance for Affordability

Trawick international travel insurance.

Trawick is another insurance provider with robust medical travel insurance that can help higher-risk and anxious travelers find peace of mind while on the road. This company offers one of the most generous medical evacuation policies in the market, although travelers will need to remember to add on rental car coverage if they need it.

Read our Trawick Travel Insurance review .

Best Travel Insurance for Road Trips

Travelex travel insurance.

Travelex offers three plans:

• Travel Basic
• Travel Select
• Travel America

The Travelex America plan is meant for trips limited to the U.S., but it has the highest coverage limits in many areas compared to its other programs. If you're flying somewhere, the lost baggage limits are higher. Its natural strengths shine for road trippers, though. Travelex America adds coverage for roadside service and rental car coverage for unexpected accidents. It also covers pets should you be involved in an accident while on the road.

While your standard auto insurance does extend to car rentals within the U.S. for a limited time, any accident would affect future rates. Travelex would eliminate the risk of reporting to your auto insurance provider for minor incidents within its purview.

Read our Travelex Travel Insurance review .

Best for Adventure Traveling

World nomads travel insurance.

World Nomads distinguishes itself from others by covering over 300 sports and activities, from skydiving to golf. Additionally, its one of the few travel insurance companies that allow you to purchase after departing for your destination. However, you'll have a 72-hour waiting period before coverage kicks in.

That said, World Nomads doesn't have the highest coverage limits compared to its competitors on this list. It also doesn't have the most customization, only providing two plans to choose from with no options for pre-existing condition coverage. Yet, World Nomads still stands out for its sports coverage and post-departure coverage.

Read our World Nomads review .

Introduction to Travel Insurance

Why travel insurance is a must-have.

The unpredictable nature of traveling – from flight cancellations to medical emergencies – can turn your dream vacation into a nightmare. Travel insurance acts as a personal safeguard, ensuring that unexpected events don't drain your wallet or ruin your trip.

Understanding Different Types of Travel Insurance

Not all travel insurance policies are created equal. From single-trip travel insurance policies to annual travel insurance plans , from minimal coverage to comprehensive protection, understanding the spectrum of options is your first step in finding the right fit for your journey.

Key Features to Look for in Travel Insurance Coverage

Travel insurance for medical emergencies.

Imagine falling ill in a foreign country; daunting, right? A robust travel insurance plan ensures you don't have to worry about how much emergency medical care while traveling will cost, even in the most remote corners of the globe. This coverage will often come in tandem with emergency medical evacuation coverage.

Trip Cancellation and Interruption Benefits

Life is full of surprises, some less pleasant than others. Trip cancellation and interruption coverage ensures that you're not left out of pocket if unforeseen circumstances force you to cancel or cut your trip short. You may also look for cancel for any reason and interruption for any reason options, which will reimburse you for a percentage of your nonrefundable fees, but expands the covered reasons you can cancel a trip. You can find our guide on the best CFAR travel insurance companies here.

Coverage for Personal Belongings and Baggage Loss

Losing your belongings is more than an inconvenience; it's losing a piece of your world. Insurance that covers personal belongings and baggage loss ensures that you're compensated for your loss, helping you to rebound and continue your adventure.

Support and Assistance Services

In times of trouble, having a lifeline can make all the difference. Look for insurance that offers 24/7 support and assistance services, giving you peace of mind that help is just a phone call away. Also, check websites that field customer reviews like Trustpilot, the Better Business Bureau, and InsureMyTrip , to see how well a company responds to customer requests.

Choosing the Best Travel Insurance

Reputation and reliability of the travel insurance provider.

A provider's reputation is not just about being well-known; it's about reliability, customer satisfaction, and the ability to deliver on promises. Researching and choosing a reputable provider is a cornerstone in ensuring your safety and satisfaction.

Understanding the Policy's Fine Print

The devil is in the details, and understanding the fine print of what your travel insurance policy covers is crucial. Be aware of coverage limits, exclusions, and the process for filing a claim to avoid any unpleasant surprises.

Customer Reviews and Feedback

In the age of information, customer reviews and feedback are goldmines of insight. Learn from the experiences of others to gauge the reliability and customer service of the insurance provider you're considering. While the ratings are important, you should also look at whether or not a company responds to customer complaints.

How to Get the Most Out of Your Travel Insurance

Knowing your policy inside out.

Familiarize yourself with every aspect of your policy – what it covers, what it doesn't, how to file a claim, and who to contact in an emergency. Being informed means being prepared. 

Steps to Take When a Problem Arises

If you face an issue during your travels, knowing the immediate steps to take can make all the difference. Keep important contacts and your policy details handy, and remember, your insurance provider is there to assist you.

How to Pick the Best Travel Insurance Company for You

There isn't a one-size-fits-all policy that works perfectly for every traveler. Young, healthy solo travelers can opt for much cheaper plans that offer bare-bones coverage, while families juggling complex itineraries will do best by investing in a robust policy that can help defray any costs associated with lost baggage, delayed transportation or other trip-impeding obstacles.

That being said, you can't go wrong with a travel insurance provider that boasts a reputable history and offers a wide range of customizable plans. In some cases, you may be comparing plans that are only a few dollars' apart from each other. In such situations, you should generally opt for the insurance company that offers the strongest customer service. It's also worth considering whether or not the travel insurance provider has been reviewed by other travelers with similar itineraries to your own. 

An insurance aggregator like InsureMyTrip or Squaremouth is one of the best tools for searching travel insurance policies. Once you input the specifics of your travel itinerary, you'll be able to see hundreds of search results to compare the ones that catch your eye. If the options are too overwhelming, use the filters to the left of your search page to eliminate as many irrelevant plans as possible.

How We Reviewed the Best Travel Insurance Companies

To come up with our list of the best travel insurance companies, we evaluated each insurer based on the following factors:

Guide Methodology: What We Considered

Policy Types

Travel insurance is essential, but often underused partly because people aren't getting what they want. Business Insider's 2023 travel study showed 10.65% of travelers surveyed bought cancel for any reason insurance. Cost may be a factor, but in many cases, the coverage is more affordable than you might think. Regardless, companies must offer a diverse range of coverage options. We award five stars to companies offering all standard coverages and additional options like pet and sports equipment protection.

Our 2023 travel study indicated the majority of purchases were made through the travel provider (ex: flight protection insurance when you're purchasing your airline tickets). While these may be sufficient for some customers, we look for companies offering a more comprehensive range of services.

According to the U.S. Travel Insurance Association, the average cost of travel insurance will be between 4% and 8% of total travel expenses. Anything beyond that price point should include additional benefits beyond the standard inclusions, such as CFAR protection or upgraded medical coverage. Anything below that 4% threshold may leave you lacking important or sufficient coverage in an emergency.

Convenience and Flexibility

Whether you're an infrequent traveler or a suitcase warrior, a good travel insurance company should have you covered. In many cases, you might not even have to talk to a person in order to purchase your policy.

Many people think of travel insurance in context with specific trips, but most of these top contenders sell both single-trip and multi-trip policies, also known as annual travel insurance. Some companies also offer plans specifically designed for cruisers, students abroad, and business travelers. (Read our guide to the best cruise travel insurance companies for more details.) Finally, all of these providers offer multiple options for getting the specific areas and amounts of coverage that you want.

Claims Handling

Most travelers never have a large claim. Premiums are low, and it provides peace of mind for the just in case situations. So they leave reviews based on their reduced stress levels. But what happens if you lose your luggage or have to stay a few extra days due to an unexpected accident? Will your insurance carrier cover your claim without all the hassle? We check real customer reviews to sort this out for you.

Ease of Use and Support

When purchasing, during your trip, and throughout the claims process, you may need extra support. Does the company have a 24/7 help line? Does it have an online or mobile system allowing you to self-manage? Essentially, what are the options when you need help? We look at the big picture to evaluate the average customer experience with each company.

You can read our full insurance rating methodology for even more details.

Best Travel Insurance FAQs

There isn't a one-size-fits-all solution for every traveler. Determine the benefits that are most important to you, like baggage delay coverage, medical coverage, and trip delay coverage, then look for a company with solid customer ratings, especially when it comes to processing claims.

Travel insurance will pay out if you experience a covered event, such as a travel delay or delayed or lost baggage. If you're looking to get travel insurance for a specific reason, such as needing to potentially cancel your trip due to work reasons, make sure your policy will cover you in that situation before purchasing it. You should also check customer reviews to see other travelers' claims experiences, as it varies wildly from company to company.

The average cost of travel insurance is 4% to 8% of your total trip cost, so it could vary widely depending on where you're traveling and the length of your trip. Your age, the number of people in your group, and other factors can also influence how much you'll pay.

Yes, travel insurance typically offers some coverage of canceled flights, but if this benefit is important to you, make sure you read the fine print of your policy to make sure it offers adequate reimbursement. If you think you may need to cancel your travel plans, you should consider purchasing cancel for any reason (CFAR) travel insurance .

For adventure sports coverage, you'll want to look at World Nomads , which covers over 300 sports.

Editorial Note: Any opinions, analyses, reviews, or recommendations expressed in this article are the author’s alone, and have not been reviewed, approved, or otherwise endorsed by any card issuer. Read our editorial standards .

Please note: While the offers mentioned above are accurate at the time of publication, they're subject to change at any time and may have changed, or may no longer be available.

**Enrollment required.

• Main content